Infektionsimmunologie 2013 (Virologie-Teil) Mit Blauzungenvirus (BTV) und Schmallenbergvirus (SBV) haben in den letzten Jahren die Vektor-übertragenen Viren bei uns überproportional an Bedeutung gewonnen. Als wahrscheinlich nächster Kandidat steht das West-Nil-Virus (WNV) vor den Pforten. Wir wollen uns mit diesem Thema vertieft befassen.
Aufgaben/Ziele • Jede Gruppe soll die Unterlagen konsultieren um je eine der Aufgaben (1 bis 12) kompetent lösen und darstellen zu können. • Jede Gruppe soll ein Poster erstellen, welches dazu dient, den erfragten Sachverhalt den anderen Gruppen zu erklären. Zu jedem Poster ist zudem ein Handout zu erstellen, das den Kolleg/innen eine sorgfältige Vorbereitung auf die Testatprüfung erlaubt. • Jeder Teilnehmer soll am Ende der Veranstaltung alle Aufgaben kompetent lösen können.
Aufgabenkatalog
1. West-Nil-Virus, innen und aussen Beschreiben sie das West-Nil-Virus: Morphologie, Genom, Replikation, wichtigste Proteine und ihre Funktion. Erklären sie anhand dieser Grundlagen die Diagnostik für WNV. Erläutern sie Begriffe, die im Zusammenhang wichtig sind. (Kramer et al., 2008; Pesko and Ebel, 2012) 2. Typen des West-Nil-Virus Wie unterscheiden sich die verschiedenen Typen und Linien des West-Nil-Virus und welche Bedeutung kommt den Unterschieden zu? (Bakonyi et al., 2006; Kramer et al., 2008; Pesko and Ebel, 2012) 3. Unterschiede und Gemeinsamkeiten Welche Unterschiede und Gemeinsamkeiten haben die West-Nil-Viren mit anderen Viren, z.B. FSMEV, BTV und SBV? Welche Relevanz hat dies für die Übertragung, Pathogenese, Impfung? (Colpitts et al., 2012; Kramer et al., 2008; Porträts WNV_FSME_BTV_SBV) 4. West-Nil-Virus im Vergleich betroffener Tierarten Welche Typen und Subtypen kommen vor? Welche klinischen Symptome werden beobachtet? Womit begründen sich die unterschiedlichen Symptome bei den einzelnen Tierarten? Vermehrt sich das Virus in unterschiedlichen Organen? Wie wirken sich immunologische Faktoren auf Reservoirbildung und Übertragung aus? (Hubalek and Halouzka, 1999; Jeffrey Root, 2013; Kramer et al., 2008; Kwan et al., 2012) 5. West-Nil-Virus und sein(e) Vektor(en) Welche Vektoren gibt es? Biologie und Einteilung der Vektoren? Wie vermehrt und verbreitet sich der Vektor? Wie entsteht aus dem Vektor ein Reservoir? Wie kann man den Vektor bekämpfen (theoretische und praktische Ansätze)? (Andreadis, 2012; Colpitts et al., 2012; Kramer et al., 2008) 6. Vermehrung des West-Nil-Virus im Vektor In welchen Organen vermehrt sich das Virus? Wie wird es ausgeschieden und übertragen? Welche Virusmengen sind nötig für die Vermehrung im Vektor? Wieviel Virus gibt ein Vektor bei der Übertragung ab? (Colpitts et al., 2012; Hubalek and Halouzka, 1999; Kramer et al., 2008; Kwan et al., 2012) 7. Globale Epidemiologie des West-Nil-Virus Wie hat sich die Epidemiologie von WNV in den letzten Jahrzehnten entwickelt? Fallzahlen, Prävalenz, Inzidenz, Letalität der verschiedenen Krankheitsformen? Durch welche Faktoren
wird die Epidemiologie beeinflusst? Unter welchen Voraussetzungen könnte sich das West- Nil-Virus in der Schweiz festsetzen? (Hubalek and Halouzka, 1999; Kramer et al., 2008) 8. Pathogenese des West-Nil-Virus auf Ebene Organismus Wie breitet sich das Virus im Organismus aus und wie wird es wieder ausgeschieden? Welche Verlaufsformen kommen vor? Welche Faktoren sind wichtig für die Ausprägung der einzelnen Verlaufsform? Welche Faktoren sind relevant für die Übertragung? (Colpitts et al., 2012; Kramer et al., 2008; Pesko and Ebel, 2012; Pradier et al., 2012) 9. Pathogenese des West-Nil-Virus auf zellulärer und molekularer Ebene Pathogenese: beteiligte Virusproteine, Zellen und Moleküle? Welche Rolle spielt die Immunität? (Cho and Diamond, 2012; Colpitts et al., 2012; Diamond and Gale, 2012; Kramer et al., 2008; Leis and Stokic, 2012; Pesko and Ebel, 2012; Pradier et al., 2012) 10. Impfstoffe gegen West-Nil-Virus Was für Impfstoffe stehen weltweit zur Verfügung; was für welche in der Schweiz? Was sind die Merkmale dieser Impfstoffe? Was können sie? Was können sie nicht? (De Filette et al., 2012; Kramer et al., 2008) 11. Antikörper und zelluläre Immunität gegen das West-Nil-Virus Wie entstehen sie; was bewirken sie; welche Virusproteine sind involviert? Relevanz bezüglich Schutz? Welche Antikörperklassen und –funktionen werden beobachtet; wären erwünscht? (Cho and Diamond, 2012; De Filette et al., 2012; Diamond et al., 2003; Kramer et al., 2008; Kwan et al., 2012) 12. Intrinsische und innate Abwehr gegen West-Nil-Virus Rolle und Potential im Haustier/Mensch bzw. Vektor. Positive Aspekte; negative Aspekte; Rolle in der Immunität und in der Pathogenese? (Diamond and Gale, 2012; Diamond et al., 2003; Kramer et al., 2008)
Zeitplan Wann Was Wo Mi 2. Oktober 8- 10 Uhr Einführung GHS - Gruppeneinteilung - Unterlagen - Aufgabenbesprechung - Downloaden und Sichtung der Unterlagen Fr 4. Oktober 8-10 Uhr - Studium der Unterlagen AHS - Fragen an den Tutor Mo 7. Oktober 13-15 Uhr Poster erstellen AHS Di 8. Oktober 10-12 Uhr Poster diskutieren Mikroskopiehörsaal Diagnostikzentrum
Poster • Das Poster soll die wichtigsten Sachverhalte zur Lösung der Aufgabe enthalten. • Die Darstellung soll so erfolgen, dass alle Informationen auch aus einer Entfernung von 4 bis 5 Metern aufgenommen werden können (Grösse und Dicke der Schrift bzw. der Zeichnungen). • Handschriftliche Darstellungen und eigene Zeichnungen sind Computer-Darstellungen bei Weitem vorzuziehen. Ausnahmen sind möglich, bedürfen aber einer hinreichenden Begründung. • Für die Poster-Produktion werden Packpapier und Buntstifte zur Verfügung gestellt. • Häufig ist es nützlich, das Poster mit einem Handout zu begleiten. • Jedes Gruppenmitglied muss in der Lage sein, sein Poster zu erklären.
Bibliografie Andreadis, T.G., 2012, The contribution of Culex pipiens complex mosquitoes to transmission and persistence of West Nile virus in North America. J Am Mosq Control Assoc 28, 137-151. Bakonyi, T., Ivanics, E., Erdelyi, K., Ursu, K., Ferenczi, E., Weissenbock, H., Nowotny, N., 2006, Lineage 1 and 2 strains of encephalitic West Nile virus, central Europe. Emerg Infect Dis 12, 618-623. Cho, H., Diamond, M.S., 2012, Immune responses to West Nile virus infection in the central nervous system. Viruses 4, 3812-3830. Colpitts, T.M., Conway, M.J., Montgomery, R.R., Fikrig, E., 2012, West Nile Virus: biology, transmission, and human infection. Clin Microbiol Rev 25, 635-648. De Filette, M., Ulbert, S., Diamond, M., Sanders, N.N., 2012, Recent progress in West Nile virus diagnosis and vaccination. Vet Res 43, 16. Diamond, M.S., Gale, M., Jr., 2012, Cell-intrinsic innate immune control of West Nile virus infection. Trends Immunol 33, 522-530. Diamond, M.S., Shrestha, B., Mehlhop, E., Sitati, E., Engle, M., 2003, Innate and adaptive immune responses determine protection against disseminated infection by West Nile encephalitis virus. Viral Immunol 16, 259-278. Hubalek, Z., Halouzka, J., 1999, West Nile fever--a reemerging mosquito-borne viral disease in Europe. Emerg Infect Dis 5, 643-650. Jeffrey Root, J., 2013, West Nile virus associations in wild mammals: a synthesis. Arch Virol 158, 735-752. Kramer, L.D., Styer, L.M., Ebel, G.D., 2008, A global perspective on the epidemiology of West Nile virus. Annu Rev Entomol 53, 61-81. Kwan, J.L., Kluh, S., Reisen, W.K., 2012, Antecedent avian immunity limits tangential transmission of West Nile virus to humans. PLoS One 7, e34127. Leis, A.A., Stokic, D.S., 2012, Neuromuscular manifestations of west nile virus infection. Front Neurol 3, 37. Pesko, K.N., Ebel, G.D., 2012, West Nile virus population genetics and evolution. Infect Genet Evol 12, 181-190. Pradier, S., Lecollinet, S., Leblond, A., 2012, West Nile virus epidemiology and factors triggering change in its distribution in Europe. Rev Sci Tech 31, 829- 844.
West Nile Virus
Taxonomie Familie: Flaviviridae Genus & Bsp. für Krankheiten: Flavivirus West Nile Fieber Dengue Fieber FSME Gelbfieber Pestivirus Klassische Schweinepest Bovine Virus Diarrhoe Border Disease Hepatitis C Virus Hepatitis1
Morphologie & Genom Das West Nile Virus (WNV) ist ein behülltes Virus mit einem Durchmesser von 40-60nm und einem ikosaedrischen Nukleokapsid. Es enthält eine positiv-einzelsträngige RNA mit ca. 11‘000 Nukleotiden. Das Genom ist 9.5 bis 12kb lang. Es gibt 3 Strukturproteine und 7 Nichtstrukturproteine. Das Genom ist vom Kapsidprotein C umgeben, um das noch eine Hülle mit den eingelagerten M- und E-Proteinen ist. Das E-Protein liegt dabei als Dimer vor, das M-Protein als Monomer.2 3
Replikation Nachdem das Virus via Glykoprotein E an den zellulären Rezeptor gebunden hat, wird es mittels Endozytose in die Zelle aufgenommen. Es kommt zur Fusion der Virushülle mit der Membran des Vesikels und die genomische RNA wird ins Zytoplasma entlassen. Die (+)ssRNA wird in ein Polyprotein translatiert und in die zehn Proteine gespalten. Die Replikation findet in der Nähe der ER-Membran statt. Zuerst wird die komplementäre (-)ssRNA synthetisiert, welche als Vorlage für die Synthese neuer (+)ssRNA dient. Das Assembly findet an den ER- Membranen statt und das Virus gelangt intrazysternal via Golgi-Apparat an die Zellmembran, wo die neuen Viruspartikel durch Knospung freigesetzt werden.4 5
Wichtige Proteine Bei der Replikation des West-Nile-Virus-Genoms entsteht ein Polyprotein, welches bereits während und nach der Translation von viralen so wie von wirtseigenen Proteasen gespalten wird. Dabei entstehen: • 3 Strukturproteine, welche nötig sind für den Virus-Eintritt in die Wirtszelle (Entry & Fusion), sowie auch für die Kapsidierung des Virus-Genoms während dem Assembly - Protein E à Hüllenprotein, involviert in Rezeptorbindung, Fusion zw. Wirtszell- und Virus- membran und Virusassembly, u.A. auch für Neurovirulenz zuständig - Protein prM à Transmembranprotein, wichtig für korrekte Faltung & Funktionalität des Protein E - Protein C à Kapsidprotein; es wird eine genregulierende Funktion des Kapsides vermutet (mittels Bindung an Histone) • 7 Nichtstrukturproteine, welche unterschiedliche Funktionen ausüben - NS1 à sehr immunogen - NS3 à wirkt u.A. als virale Protease, welche andere Nichtstrukturproteine vom Polyprotein abspaltet - NS5 à fungiert als virale Polymerase - NS2A/ NS2B/ à hemmen eine oder mehrere Komponenten des nativen NS4A/ NS4B Immunsystems6 7
Diagnostik Die Inkubationsperiode bei einer Infektion mit dem WNV beträgt ungefähr 2 bis 14 Tage. Falls die klinischen Symptome eines Tieres bzw. des Menschen für WNV sprechen, sollte man das Virus durch eine Labordiagnose bestätigen.
Beispiele für Nukleinsäure-basierte Nachweisverfahren für das WNV: Probe der Wahl, um das Virus nachzuweisen, sind Blut oder Zerebrospinalflüssigkeit. Zu beachten ist, dass sich das Virus nur während den ersten Tagen isolieren lässt. Aufgrund der geringen Virusmengen im menschlichen Untersuchungsmaterial findet zunächst eine in vitro Amplifikation des genetischen Materials statt, um die Erkennungsrate einer WNV-Infektion zu erhöhen.8 Für den Nachweis des WNV auf der Basis von Nukleinsäuren gibt es verschiedene Methoden, wie beispielsweise: - Reverse Transcriptase-PCR (RT-PCR): schnelles Nachweisverfahren vom Erregergenom bei WNV- Infektionen. Es basiert auf der Vervielfachung einer DNA-Sequenz mittels DNA-Polymerase. Wobei in diesem Fall, da das Ausgangsmaterial RNA ist, diese mittels Reverser Transcriptase zuerst in DNA transkribiert werden muss.9 10 - TaqMan: Möglichkeit, während der PCR, gezielt nur das gewünschte DNA-Produkt nachzuweisen mittels TaqMan-Sonden (kurze DNA-Stücke, die mit einem mittleren Bereich der Template-DNA hybridisieren). Die TaqMan-Sonden tragen am einen Ende einen Reporterfarbstoff (R) und am anderen einen Quencher (Q), der die Fluoreszenz aus der Umgebung abfängt. Bei der Replikation, wird die TaqMan-Sonde abgebaut und somit der Reporterfarbstoff freigesetzt. Der Farbstoff gelangt so aus dem Einflussbereich des Quenchers und ist deshalb nur dann nachweisbar, wenn die Polymerase den gewünschten Strang kopiert hat.11
Beispiele für serologische AK-Nachweisverfahren von Infektionen mit WNV: Der Verdacht auf WNV erhärtet sich bei mind. 4fachem AK-Titeranstieg zwischen Akutphase und Rekonvaleszenz. Ein geeigneter Test ist z.B. ein ELISA. In der Zerebrospinalflüssigkeit des betroffenen Tieres wird nach der Anwesenheit von IgM Antikörpern gegen das WNV gesucht.12 IgM Antikörper können innerhalb von 4-7 Tagen nach Exposition nachgewiesen werden und länger als ein Jahr persistieren. Der Nutzen von IgG Antikörpern hingegen ist limitiert.13 - ELISA (indirekter ELISA): für den AK-Nachweis wird spezifisches AG an eine feste Oberfläche gekoppelt (z.B. Mikrotiterplatte). Bei der Zugabe von dem zu testenden Serum, binden die AK, falls vorhanden, an das AG auf der Platte. Anschliessend erfolgt die Zugabe von Sekundär-AK, die an die gesuchten AK binden und das nicht gebundene Material wird abgewaschen. An den Sekundär-AK ist ein Enzym gekoppelt, so dass es bei der Inkubation mit einem bestimmten Substrat zu einem Farbumschlag kommt.14 - Plaque Reduction Neutralizations Test (PRNT): zur Differenzierung zwischen dem WNV und einem anderen, eng verwandten Flavivirus (z.B. St. Louis Encephalitis Virus, Japanisches Encephalitis Virus) Mathias Ackermann 21.10.13 14:59 nach einem Nachweis im ELISA. Er wird gebraucht, wenn der Verdacht besteht, dass es zu einer Kommentar [1]: Unter den Kreuzreaktion zwischen dem WNV und einem anderen Flavivirus gekommen ist.15 beschriebenen Bedingungen ist der PRNT Bei diesem Test wird das Serum eines Patienten, in dem AK nachgewiesen werden sollen, mit Viren nicht durchführbar. Was hier beschrieben wird, entspricht dem Virus-Neutralisations- inkubiert und das Gemisch zu einer Zellkultur gegeben. Wenn nur die Viren und keine AK auf der Test (ergibt letztendlich sehr ähnliche Zellkultur sind, kommt es zu einer Zellzerstörung (cytopathischer Effekt). Sind aber neutralisierende AK Resultate). im Serum, können die Viren nicht mehr in die Zellen eindringen und es kommt zu keiner bzw. weniger Zerstörung. Beim PRNT wird nach einer bestimmten Inkubationszeit anhand der Zählung der Plaques Mathias Ackermann 21.10.13 14:59 (Regionen mit infizierten Zellen) die AK-Menge im Serum gemessen. Der AK-Titer wird bestimmt, indem Kommentar [2]: Für den Plaque- das Patientenserum mehr und mehr verdünnt wird. Als Titer wird unter der Bezeichnung PRNT50 die Reduktions-Test braucht es einen Verdünnung angegeben, die im Vergleich zum Testserum mit Viren aber ohne AK nur noch 50% der sogenannten Overlay, sodass sich die Viren nur gerade lokal von Zelle zu Zelle Plaques aufweist. Dieser Test gilt im Moment als Gold Standard bei der Messung von AK, die Viren 16 ausbreiten können, nicht aber über grössere neutralisieren. Strecken via das Medium. Wenn dieser Overlay fehlt, gibt es sogenannte sekundäre Beispiele für den AG-Nachweis von WNV: Plaques, die das Zählen der primären - VecTest: Antigen-Panel-Test, mit dem man WNV, östliche Pferdeencephalomyelitis (EEE) und St.-Louis Plaques (aufgrund des primären Encephalitis (SLE) in Mücken nachweisen kann. Dabei wird ein Nachweisteststäbchen, das mit Inokulums) verhindern. spezifischen AK überzogen ist, verwendet. Falls das AG auf die AK treffen, kommt es zu einem Ohne Overlay wird letztendlich immer der gesamte Zellrasen zerstört. Farbumschlag. Als Untersuchungsmaterial wird ein Homogenat, das aus Mücken besteht, gebraucht.17 18 - Antigen Capture ELISA (ACE)/Sandwich-ELISA: Methode für den Antigen-Nachweis mittels AK. Der Ablauf erfolgt ähnlich wie beim indirekten ELISA; mit dem Unterschied, dass auf der Oberfläche Virus-AG- spezifische AK befestigt werden. Die anschliessende Zugabe von Enzym-markierten, sekundären AK, die mit einem bestimmten Substrat zu einem Farbumschlag führen, entspricht wiederum den indirekten ELISA. Auch hier wird v.a. Serum oder Plasma als Untersuchungsmaterial genommen.19 20
1 M. Ackermann, „Beilagen zur Vorlesung Virologie 2012/2013 Teil II Taxonomie und Familienalbum der Viren“, 2012 2 M. Ackermann, „Virus-Handbuch für Veterinärmediziner“, 1. Auflage, 2013
3 M. Ackermann, H. Adler, M. Engels, C. Griot, A. Metzler, U. Müller-Doblies, D. Müller-Doblies, M. Schwyzer, N. Stäuber, M. Suter, „Beilagen zur Vorlesung Virologie Version 2007/2008 für 2012 Teil I Virus Porträts“, 2007 4 M. Ackermann, „Beilagen zur Vorlesung Virologie 2012/2013 Teil II Taxonomie und Familienalbum der Viren“, 2012 5 M. Ackermann, H. Adler, M. Engels, C. Griot, A. Metzler, U. Müller-Doblies, D. Müller-Doblies, M. Schwyzer, N. Stäuber, M. Suter, „Beilagen zur Vorlesung Virologie Version 2007/2008 für 2012 Teil I Virus Porträts“, 2007 6 T. Colpitts, M. J. Conway, R. R. Montgomery, E. Fikrig, "West Nile Virus: Biology, Transmission and Human Infection", 2012 7 M. S. Diamond, B. Shrestha, E. Mehlhop, E. Sitati, M. Engle, „Innate and Adaptive Immune Responses Determine Protection against Disseminated Infektion by West Nile Encephalitis Virus“, 2003 8 M. De Filette, Sebastian U., Mike Diamond, N. N Sanders, "Recent progress in West Nile virus diagnosis and vaccination", 2012 9 M. O. Hottiger, „Spezielle Molekularbiologie“, 2013 10M. De Filette, Sebastian U., Mike Diamond, N. N Sanders, "Recent progress in West Nile virus diagnosis and vaccination", 2012 11 http://www.roche.com/pages/facetten/pcr_d.pdf, besucht am 06.10.2013 12 T. Colpitts, M. J. Conway, R. R. Montgomery, E. Fikrig, "West Nile Virus: Biology, Transmission and Human Infection", 2012 13 M. De Filette, Sebastian U., Mike Diamond, N. N Sanders, "Recent progress in West Nile virus diagnosis and vaccination", 2012 14 H.-J. Selbitz, U. Truyen, P. Valentin-Weigand, „Tiermedizinische Mikrobiologie, Infektions- und Seuchenlehre“, 9., vollständig überarbeitete Auflage, 2011, S. 80 15 "Der Neutralisationstest (NT) ist eine Variante des Plaque-Assays, mit dem neutralisierende Antikörper gegen bestimmte Viren im Serum eines Patienten oder eines Impflings nachgewiesen werden können. Durch Bindung von Antikörpern an die Oberfläche des Virus wird seine Aufnahme in die Zelle verhindert, so dass es zu keiner Vermehrung mehr kommen kann und die Anzahl an Plaques in einer Zellkultur reduziert wird. Daher bezeichnet man den Neutralisationstest auch als Plaque-Reduktions-Assay. Antikörper, die eine Aufnahme blockieren können, nennt man neutralisierende Antikörper. Im Neutralisationstest werden nur neutralisierende Antikörper erfasst. Der NT kann auch zur Quantifizierung von Zellgiften (bakteriellen Toxinen) verwendet werden, gegen die funktionshemmende Antikörper gebildet werden.", http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neutralisationstest, besucht am 06.10.2013 16 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plaque_reduction_neutralization_test, besucht am 20.10.2013 17 M. De Filette, S. Ulbert, M. Diamond, N. N Sanders, „Recent Progress in West Nile Virus diagnosis and vaccination“, 2012 18 “Intended Use: The VecTest® West Nile Virus (WNV) Antigen Assay is a rapid immunochromatographic assay intended for the qualitative determination of WNV antigen in infected mosquitoes. Results from this assay can enable public health teams to: - Continuously monitor mosquito vectors - Focus vector control and eradication efforts - Deliver cost-effective prevention of disease Principle : The VecTest® WNV Antigen Assay is based on the dual monoclonal antibody “sandwich” principle. The test is initiated by placing one VecTest® WNV dipstick into 250 ml (0.25 ml) of ground mosquito extract. Antigen present in the solution binds to the specific antibody with a gold sol particle label. As the antigen antibody-gold complexes migrate through the test zone containing immobilized WNV antibody, they bind to the immobilized antibody forming a “sandwich”. The unbound dye complexes migrate out of the test zone and can be captured later in the control zone. A reddish-purple line develops on the specific area of the test zone when antigen is present. The control line, farthest from the sample, should always develop provided the test has been carried out correctly. “http://www.afpmb.org/sites/default/files/pubs/standardlists/equipment/pdfs/6550-01-533-3943_manual.pdf, besucht am 06.10.2013 19 M. De Filette, S. Ulbert, M. Diamond, N. N Sanders, „Recent Progress in West Nile Virus diagnosis and vaccination“, 2012 20 H.-J. Selbitz, U. Truyen, P. Valentin-Weigand, „Tiermedizinische Mikrobiologie, Infektions- und Seuchenlehre“, 9., vollständig überarbeitete Auflage, 2011, S. 67 - 68
Infektionsimmunologie-Gruppenarbeit in der Virologie HS 2013
Typen des West Nile Virus
Überblick über das Paper „West Nile Virus population genetics and evolution (Pesko&Ebel 2012)“1
Es sind unterschiedliche Linien des WNV mit verschiedenen Stämmen vorhanden. Die Entstehung dieser unterschiedlichen Linien und Stämme kommt über die immense Anpassungsfähigkeit des Virus zustande: WNV hat ein sehr grosses Wirtsspektrum und kann sich über die Migration von Zugvögeln weit verbreiten. Basierend auf einer hohen Mutationsrate und unterschiedlichen Selektionskriterien (wie z.B. unterschiedliche immunologische Reaktionen in den Wirtstieren (siehe Populationsdyna- mik)) in den verschiedenen Wirtsarten etablieren sich laufend neue Mutanten, die an unterschiedli- che Übertragungszyklen und Umweltbedingungen angepasst sind39.
Entsprechend sind bei den verschiedenen Stämmen eine unterschiedliche Virulenz (und Neuro- invasivität) und ein unterschiedliches Wirtsspektrum zu erwarten. Die taxonomische Einteilung der verschiedenen Isolate ist nicht einheitlich definiert. Die serologische Verwandtschaft ist bisher unge- klärt, es gibt aber Hinweise auf Kreuz-Neutralisation durch Antikörper gegen WNV-Stämme (Charrel et al 20034, Calisher et al 19895)
Folgende Grenzwerte wurden in unserem Paper angesprochen:
- >84% gemeinsame Nukleotidsequenzen (Kuno et al 19986) oder >79% (Ebel and Kramer 20097, Charrel et al., 20034 ) sind nötig für die Einteilung in einer gemeinsamen Spezies. o Laut 1. Definition müsste Linie 2 bereits eine neue Spezies darstellen, während bei der 2. erst die neu beschriebenen Linien 3-6 nicht mehr die Definition erfüllen (Bond- re et al., 20078, Vazquez et al., 201018). - Die unterschiedlichen Linien zeigen Kreuzreaktivität (Bondre et al8, Bakonyi et al3) und kön- nen sich in den gleichen Übertragungszyklen etablieren. d Linie 1: Linie 4 bestuntersuchte Linie, weltweite Verteilung - Zahlreiche Isolate aus Russland - Stamm a: beinhaltet das Isolat NY99, das - Zuerst aus Dermacentor, dann aus Mü- im Jahr 1999 in New York isoliert wurde: cken und Fröschen o NY99: zeigt verstärkte Pathoge- nität bei Vögeln o WN02 ersetzte NY99 Linie 5: - Stamm b: Kunjin Virus in Australien assoziiert mit geringerer Virulenz o attenuierte Infektionen und ver- - Isolate aus Indien, von Menschen&Culex ringerte Neuroinvasivität - Nukleotidsequenz unterscheidet sich zu - Stamm c: Indien, siehe Linie 5 20-25% von anderen Stämmen, in man- chen Publikationen der Linie 1 als Stamm Linie 2: c zugeordnet. assoziiert mit weniger schweren Krankheitsver- läufen, Neuroinvasion ist seltener Linie 6 - Dennoch Verlaufsformen mit Enzephali- - In Spanien isoliert aus Culex pipiens tis in Menschen & Pferden beschrieben - Grösste Ähnlichkeit mit Linie 4 - Südliches Afrika und Madagaskar, neu auch in West- und Osteuropa, endemi- sche Zyklen in Spanien und Griechenland Linie 7 - Koutango-Virus aus Senegal wird aktuell Linie 3 als eigene Spezies gehandelt, hat aber - Rabensburg Virus, isoliert aus verschie- nur 25% Unterschiede zu anderen WNV- denen Gebieten in Tschechien Stämmen - Isoliert aus C. pipiens und Aedes rossi- - Bisher keine Infektion von Menschen mit
Gina Steiner, Jasmin Kuratli, Rahel Rigotti, Nathalie Meier, Sereina von Ah Infektionsimmunologie-Gruppenarbeit in der Virologie HS 2013
cus: konnte keine Mortalität in erwach- Koutango-Virus nachgewiesen senen Mäusen erreichen, unabhängig von der Applikationsart (Hubalek et al, 20109) Tabelle bezieht sich auf 1,2,3
Molekulare Epidemiologie
Die ursprüngliche Erkennung der Linien/Stämme beruhte auf Sequenzvergleichen und phylogeneti- sche Analysen. (Lanciotti et al., 199919)
Beispiel: - WNV-Stamm, der 1999 in NY auftauchte, zeigte grosse Ähnlichkeit mit Isolaten aus Israel und Ungarn (Zehender et al10, Lanciotti et al., 199919; Jia et al., 199920) - Vergleiche der Isolate während der ersten 2 Jahre in New England zeigten ein grosses Mass an genetischer Konservierung (àwahrscheinlich einmalige Einführung in entsprechendes Gebiet) und sehr geringe Heterogenität der WNV-Population in diesem Zeitabschnitt (Ander- son et al., 200121; Ebel et al., 200122; Lanciotti et al., 199919; reviewed in Kramer et al, 20082; Ebel and Kramer, 20097) - Später wurde WN02 in Texas isoliert, das im Vergleich zu NY99 eine AS im Hüllprotein ersetzt hatte: A159V (Beasley et al., 200323) o WN02 ersetzte NY99 sehr schnell und wurde zum dominanten Genotyp in Nordame- rika (Ebel et al, 200425; Davis et al, 200526): warum? § Es besteht eine geringere extrinsische Inkubationszeit in Mücken àerhöhte Fitness im Vergleich zu NY99 (Ebel et al, 200425; Moudy et al, 200727)
Durch die Abhängigkeit der Arboviren von verschiedenen Wirtsspezies ist die Menge an möglichen Mutationen beschränkt (sonst keine Vermehrung mehr in einer oder anderer Spezies) (Jenkins et al., 200328). Die Negativselektion in Arbovirus-Populationen ist viel wichtiger, als die Positivselektion (Bertolotti et al., 2007, 200829; McMullen et al., 201130; Armstrong et al., 201131; Amore et al., 201032;, Jerzak et al., 200533) - Positivselektion: in phylogenetischen Analysen wurden nur sehr wenige genetische Änderun- gen gefunden, die durch einen positiven Selektionsdruck gefördert werden. è viele WNV-Proteine sind Bestandteil von Positivselektionen, welche die Übertra- gungseffizienz und die Wahrscheinlichkeit für das Weiterbestehen in verschiedenen Übertragungszyklen erhöhen. è Ähnliche Veränderungen im WNV-Genom können auch die Pathogenität und die Evo- lution des Virus beeinflussen Besonders viele dieser Veränderungen sind assoziiert mit dem neuen Genotyp WN02. Womöglich besteht hier ein Zusammenhang mit anderen Mutationen, die einen Selektionsvorteil bewirken. (Pesko et al, 20121)
Populationsdynamik des Virus im Wirt11 Das WNV hat sehr unterschiedliche Wirtsspezies (Vögel und Mücken). Entsprechend daraus bestehen ganz verschiedene Selektionsdrücke, d.h. die erfolgreiche Vermehrung in Vertebraten hat andere Voraussetzungen als diejenige in Invertebraten (Jerzak et al., 200533). Die Vermehrung in Mücken führt zu einer Vergrösserung der Quasispezies, während bei der Vermehrung in Vögeln eher eine Genomrestriktion erreicht wird. Um seine Fitness zu erhalten, muss das Virus beide Vorgänge nutzen,
Gina Steiner, Jasmin Kuratli, Rahel Rigotti, Nathalie Meier, Sereina von Ah Infektionsimmunologie-Gruppenarbeit in der Virologie HS 2013 beziehungsweise überwinden können39.
Ø Vertebraten
Die 1. Reaktion auf die RNA-Viren ist Typ1 IFN (α/β). Der antivirale Status wird sofort aufgebaut, so- bald doppelsträngige RNA im Zytosol der Wirtszelle entdeckt wird. Deshalb müssen Viren den antivi- ralen Status umgehen – man spricht von „purifying“ Selektion -> neue Mutanten müssten ebenfalls in der Lage sein, einen antiviralen Status zu umgehen, sonst riskieren sie, im Wirt Vogel eliminiert zu werden (Ding, 201013; Jerzak et al., 200734).
Ø Invertebraten
Invertebraten, Insekten: Ihre Reaktion auf Virusinfektion verläuft v.a. über RNA-Interferenz. Dies ist getriggert durch dsRNA in Zellen: Es kommt zur sequenzspezifische Elimination von viraler RNA. Deswegen sind neue Mutanten im Vorteil, weil sie weniger effizient abgebaut werden. (Ding, 201013)
Genetische Korrelation der Pathogenese und Fitness
Viele genetische Variationen korrelieren mit erhöhter oder geminderter Pathogenität. Dies lässt sich an folgenden Beispielen verdeutlichen.
Beispiel 1: WN02 mit AS-Substitution im V159A (siehe oben).
Beispiel 2: Es bestehen unterschiedliche Glykosylierungsmotive für die Hüllproteine. Normalerweise sind diese konserviert über das ganze Flavivirus-Genus (natürliche Variation bei WNV) vorhanden. - N-bezogene Glykosylierungsstelle an der Position 154 im Hüllprotein ist assoziiert mit erhöh- ter Neuroinvasivität in Mäusen und erhöhter Virulenz und Virämie in jungen Hühnern (Shi- rato et al, 2004.12; Beasley et al., 200524; Murata et al., 201014) - Hüllprotein-Glykosylierung ist ebenso wichtig für effiziente Übertragung in manchen Mü- cken((Murata et al., 201014; Moudy et al., 200915) - Glykosylierungsmuster können auch einen Einfluss haben auf die Fähigkeit der Hüllproteine, die innate Immunantwort zu modulieren (Hanna et al., 200516; Arjona et al., 200717) o Unterschiedliche Infektionsmuster und Vermehrung in verschiedenen Zelltypen à Rolle der Glykosylierung ist Wirtsspezifisch (Hanna et al., 200516; Arjona et al., 200717) o Glykosylierte Hüllproteine können die Bildung entzündlicher Zytokine herabsetzen (Arjona et al., 200717) o Glykosylierte Hüllproteine erhöhen die Überlebensrate des Virus in saurer Umgebung (Beasley et al., 200524; Langevin et al., 201135) o Glykosylierte Hüllproteine bewirken ein erleichtertes Budding an der ER-Membran àbessere Replikationsrate als nicht-glykosyliert (Berthet et al., 199736; Shirato et al., 200412; Li et al., 200637) o Glykosylierung hat einen Einfluss auf die Bindungsfähigkeit an Rezeptoren (Davis et al., 200638)
Quellen: 1. K. N. Pesko, G. D. Ebel. 2011. West Nile virus population genetics& evolution. Infection, Genetics and Evolution 12 (2012) 181–190. 2. L. D. Kramer, L. M. Styer, and G. D. Ebel . 2007. A Global Perspective on the Epidemiology of West Nile Virus. Annu. Rev. Entomol. 2008.53:61-8. 3. T. Bakonyi , É. Ivanics, K. Erdélyi, K. Ursu, E. Ferenczi, H. Weissenböck, and N. Nowotny.2006. Lineage 1 and 2 Strains of Encepha- litic West Nile Virus, Central Europe. Emerging Infectious Diseases, Vol. 12, No. 4, April 2006. 4. Charrel, R., Brault, A., Gallian, P., Lemasson, J.J., Murgue, B., Murri, S., Pastorino, B., Zeller, H., De Chesse, R., De Micco, P., 2003. Evolu- tionary relationship between Old World West Nile virus strains: evidence for viral gene flow between Africa the Middle East, and Europe. Virology 315, 381–388.
Gina Steiner, Jasmin Kuratli, Rahel Rigotti, Nathalie Meier, Sereina von Ah Infektionsimmunologie-Gruppenarbeit in der Virologie HS 2013
5. Calisher, C.H., Karabatsos, N., Dalrymple, J.M., Shope, R.E., Porterfield, J.S., Westaway, E.G., Brandt, W.E., 1989. Antigenic relationships between flaviviruses as determined by cross-neutralization tests with polyclonal antisera. J. Gen. Virol. 70, 37. 6. Kuno, G., Chang, G.J.J., Tsuchiya, K.R., Karabatsos, N., Cropp, C.B., 1998. Phylogeny of the genus Flavivirus. J. Virol. 72, 73–83. 7. Ebel, G.D., Kramer, L.D., 2009. West Nile virus: molecular epidemiology and diversity. In: Diamond, M.S. (Ed.), West Nile Encephalitis Virus Infection. Springer, pp. 25–43. 8. Bondre, V.P., Jadi, R., Mishra, A., Yergolkar, P., Arankalle, V., 2007. West Nile virus isolates from India: evidence for a distinct genetic line- age. J. Gen. Virol. 88,875. 9. Hubalek, Z., Rudolf, I., Bakonyi, T., Kazdova, K., Halouzka, J., Sebesta, O., Sikutova, S., Juricova, Z., Nowotny, N., 2010. Mosquito (Diptera: Culicidae) surveillance for arboviruses in an area endemic for West Nile (Lineage Rabensburg) and Tahyna viruses in Central Europe. J. Med. Entomol. 47, 466–472. 10. Zehender, G., Ebranati, E., Bernini, F., Presti, A.L., Rezza, G., Delogu, M., Galli, M., Ciccozzi, M., 2011. Phylogeography and epidemiological history of West Nile virus genotype 1a in Europe and the Mediterranean basin. Infect. Genet. Evol. 11(5), 863–868. 11. Daffis, S., Suthar, M.S., Gale Jr., M., Diamond, M.S., 2009. Measure an countermeasure: type I IFN (IFN-a/b) antiviral response against West Nile Virus. J. Innate Immun. 1, 435. 12. Shirato, K., Miyoshi, H., Goto, A., Ako, Y., Ueki, T., Kariwa, H., Takashima, I., 2004. Viral envelope protein glycosylation is a molecular de- terminant of the neuroinvasiveness of the New York strain of West Nile virus. J. Gen. Virol. 85,3637. 13. Ding, S.W., 2010. RNA-based antiviral immunity. Nat. Rev. Immunol. 10 (9), 632–644. 14. Murata, R., Eshita, Y., Maeda, A., Maeda, J., Akita, S., Tanaka, T., Yoshii, K., Kariwa, H., Umemura, T., Takashima, I., 2010. Glycosylation of the West Nile virus envelope protein increases in vivo and in vitro viral multiplication in birds. Am. J. Trop.Med. Hyg. 82, 696. 15. Moudy, R.M., Zhang, B., Shi, P.Y., Kramer, L.D., 2009. West Nile virus envelope protein glycosylation is required for efficient viral transmis- sion by Culex vectors. Virology 387, 222–228. 16. Hanna, S.L., Pierson, T.C., Sanchez, M.D., Ahmed, A.A., Murtadha, M.M., Doms, R.W., 2005. N-linked glycosylation of West Nile virus enve- lope proteins influences particle assembly and infectivity. J. Virol. 79, 13262. 17. Arjona, A., Ledizet, M., Anthony, K., Bonafé, N., Modis, Y., Town, T., Fikrig, E., 2007. West Nile virus envelope protein inhibits dsRNA- induced innate immune responses. J. Immunol. 179, 8403. 18. Vazquez, A., Sanchez-Seco, M.P.Ruiz, S., Molero, F., Hernandez, L., Moreno, J., Magallanes, A., Tejedor, C.G., Tenorio, A., 2010. Putative new lineage of west nile virus. Spain. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 16, 549-552 19. Lanciotti, R., Roehrig, J., Deubel, V., Smith, J., Parker, M., Steele, K., Crise, B., Volpe, K., Crabtree, M., Scherret, J., 1999. Origin of the West Nile virus responsible for an outbreak of encephalitis in the northeastern United States. Science 286, 2333 20. Jia, X.Y., Briese, T., Jordan, I., Rambaut, A., Chang Chi, H., Mackenzie, J.S., Hall, R.A., Scherret, J., Lipkin, W.I., 1999. Genetic analysis of West Nile New York 1999 encephalitis virus. The Lancet 354, 1971-1972. 21. Anderson, J.F., Vossbrinck, C.R., Andreadis, T.G., Iton, A., Beckwith, W.H., Mayo, D.R., 2001. A phylogenetic approach to following West Nile virus in Connecticut. Proc. Natl. Sci. 98, 12885 22. Ebel, G.D., Dupuis 2nc, A.P., Ngo, K., Nicholas, D., Kauffman, E., Jones, S.A., Young, D., Maffei, J., Shi, P.Y., Bernard, K., Kramer, L.D., 2001. Partial genetic characterization of West Nile virus strains, New York State, 2000. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 7 (4), 650-653 23. Beasley, D.W.C., Davis, C.T., Guzman, H., Valandingham, D.L., Travassos da Rosa, A., Parsons, R.E., Higgs, S., Tesh, R.B., Barrett, A.D.T., 2003. Limited evolution of West Nile virus has occurred during its southwesterly spread in the United States. Virology 309, 190-195 24. Beasley, D.W.C., Whiteman, M.C., Zhang, S., Huang, C.Y.H., Schneider, B.S., Smith, D.R., Gromowski, G.D., Higgs, S., Kinney, R.M., Barrett, A.D.T., 2005. Envelope protein glycosylation status influences mouse neuroinvasion phenotype of genetic lineage 1 West Nile virus strains. J. Virol. 79, 8339 25. Ebel, G.D., Carricaburu, J., Young, D., Bernard, K.A., Kramer, L.D., 2004. Genetic and phenotypic variation of West Nile virus in New York, 2000-2003. Am.J.Trop. Med. Hyg. 71, 493-500 26. Davis, C.T., Ebel, G.D., Lanciotti, R.S., Brault, A.C., Guzman, H., Siirin, M., Lambert, A., Parsons, R.E., Beasley, D.W., Novak, R.J., Elizondo- Quiroga, D., Green, E.N., Young, D.S., Stark, L.M., Drebot, M.A., Artsob, H., Tesh, R.B., Kramer, L.D., Barrett, A.D., 2005. Phylogentic analy- sis of North American West Nile virus isolates, 2001-2004: evidence for the emergence of a dominant genotype. Virology 342, 252-265 27. Moudy, R.M., Meola, M.A., Morin, L.L.L., Ebel, G.D., Kramer, L.D., 2007. A newly emergent genotype of West Nile virus is transmitted ear- lier and more efficiently by Culex mosquitoes. Am.J.Trop.Med.Hyg. 77, 365 28. Jenkins, G.M., Rambaut, A., Pybus, O.G., Holmes, E.C., 2002. Rates of molecular evolution in RNA viruses: a quantitative phylogenetic analysis. J.Mol.Evol. 54, 156-165 29. Bertolotti, L., Kitron, U., Goldberg, T.L., 2007. Diversity and evolution of West Nile virus in Illinois and the US, 2002-2005, Virology 360, 143-149 // Bertolotti, L., Kitron, U., Walker, E.D., Ruiz, M.O., Brawn, J.D., Loss, S.R., Hamer, G.L., Goldberg, T.L., 2008. Fine-scale genetic variation and evolution of WNV in a transmission “hot spot” in suburban Chicago, USA. Virology 374, 381-389 30. MacMullen, A.R., May, F.J., Li, L., Guzman, H., Bueno Jr., R., Dennett, J.A., Tesh, R.B., Barrett, A.D.T., 2011. Evolution of new genotype of WNV in North America, Strain, 17 31. Armstrong, P.M., Vossbrinck, C.R., Andreadis, T.G., Anderson, J.F., Pesko, K.N., Newman, R.M., Lennon, N.J., Birren, B.W., Ebel, G.D., Henn, M.R., 2011. Molecular evolution of WNV in a northern temperature region: Connecticut, USA 1999-2008, Virology 417, 203-210 32. Amore, G., Bertolotti, L., Hamer, G.I., Kitron, U.D., Walker, E.D., Ruiz, M.O., Brawn, J.D., Goldberg, T.L., 2010. Multi-year evolutionary dy- namics of WNV in suburban Chicago, USA, 2005-2007, Philos.Trans.R.Soc.Lond. B. Biol. Sci. 365, 1871-1878 33. Jerzak, G., Bernard, K.A., Kramer, L.D., Ebel, G.D., 2005. Genetic variation in WNV from naturally infected mosquitoes and birds suggests quasispecies structure and strong purifying selection. J. gen Virol 86, 2175-2183 34. Jerzak, G.V., Bernard, K., Kramer, L.D., Shi, P.Y., Ebel, G.D., 2007. The WNV mutant spectrum in host-dependant and a determinant of mortality in mice, Virology 360, 469-476 35. Langevin, S., Bown, R., Ramey, W., Sanders, T., Maharaj, P., Fang, Y., Cornelius, J., Barker, C., Reisen, W., Beasley, D., 2011. Envelope and pre-membrane structural amino acid mutations mediate diminished avian growth and virulence of a Mexican WNV isolate, J.Gen.Virol 92 (Pt 12), 2810-1820 36. Berthet, F., Zeller, H., Drouet, M., Rauzier, J., Digouette, J., Deubel, V., 1997. Extensive nucleotide changes and deletions within the enve- lope glycoprotein gene of Euro-African WNV. J.Gen.Virol. 78, 2293 37. Li, J., Bhuvanakantham, R., Howe, J., Ng, M.L., 2006. The glycolysation site in the envelope protein of WNV (Sarafend) plays an important role in replication and maturation processes. J.Gen.Virol. 87, 613-622 38. Davis, C.W., Ngyuyen, H.Y., Hanna, S.L., Sanchez, M.D., Doms, R.W., Pierson, T.C., 2006. WNV discriminates between DC-SIGN and DC- SIGNR for cellular attachment and infection. J.Virol. 80, 1290 39. Überarbeitet von Prof. M. Ackermann – besten Dank
Gina Steiner, Jasmin Kuratli, Rahel Rigotti, Nathalie Meier, Sereina von Ah
WNV, FSMEV, BTV, SBV: Unterschiede und Gemeinsamkeiten
A. Roentgen, K. Linder, L.Huston, L. Heimgartner, D.Brütsch
I Genom und Struktur West Nile Virus (WNV) und Frühsommermeningoenzephalitis Virus (FSEMV) besitzen ein +ssRNA Genom, Schmallenberg Virus (SBV) ein –ssRNA Genom und Bluetongue Virus (BTV) ein dsRNA Genom. Alle Viren gehören zu den Arboviren und alle ausser BTV sind behüllt. WNV und FSMEV gehören zu der Familie der Flaviviridae, Gattung Flavivirus, und weisen somit ein nicht segmentiertes Genom auf, ganz im Gegensatz zu SBV (Familie Bunyaviridae, Gattung Orthobunyavirus) und BTV (Familie Reoviridae, Gattung Orbivirus), welche beide ein segmentiertes Genom besitzen. Dies befähigt sie zur Reassortierung im Wirt und damit zur einfachen Entstehung neuer Virusstämme.
II Vektoren Obwohl alle vier Viren Arboviren sind, werden sie über verschiedene Vektoren übertragen. Während WNV von Culex übertragen wird, wird FSMEV von Zecken und BTV und SBV von Culicoides übertragen. Hinsichtlich der einzelnen Vektoren der verschiedenen Viren ergeben sich unterschiedliche Verbreitungsgebiete und unterschiedliche Verbreitungsgeschwindigkeiten. Ausserdem ist das Vektor- Habitat entscheidend hinsichtlich Infektionsrisiko: im Unterholz eines Waldes wird man eher von einer Zecke gestochen als beim Grillieren an einem Wassertümpel, wogegen ein Mückenstich am Tümpel einiges wahrscheinlicher ist. Ein Vorteil des WNV ist, dass es von sehr vielen verschiedenen Culex Arten und zusätzlich auch von einigen Aedes Arten übertragen werden kann, d.h. WNV kann sich via viele Vektoren verteilen. Culex ernähren sich von vielen verschiedenen Wirten (Säuger und Vögel) und haben die Möglichkeit des „host switching“.
III Haupt- & Endwirte WNV und FSMEV besitzen beide neben einem Hauptwirt (Vogel resp. Wildtier) einen sogenannten Endwirt. Speziell daran ist, dass die Virusmenge im Blut eines Endwirtes auch bei schwerwiegender Erkrankung so gering ist, dass Mücken nicht durch eine Blutmahlzeit mit dem Virus infiziert werden können. Somit stellen kranke Endwirte keinerlei Risiko für Artgenossen dar und müssen daher bei Verdacht auf Infektion mit WNV auch nicht von Artgenossen abgesondert werden. Ein besonderes Problem hinsichtlich der Epidemiologie von WNV (im Vergleich zu den anderen hier- Mathias Ackermann 21.10.13 09:44 Kommentar [1]: Was aber wenn sich eine genannten Viren) stellen die Zugvögel dar. Denn durch sie als Hauptwirte kann das Virus weite Distanzen Mücke im Stall aufhält? „zurücklegen“ und sich weit verbreiten. Zusätzlich sind klinisch inapparente Träger nicht selten.
IV Pathogenese, Klinik & Diagnostik WNV: Patho: 1. Replikation in Haut und regionären LK à primäre Virämie und übertritt ins Retikuloendothelial-System à sekundäre Virämie & Durchbruch durch Blut-Hirn-Schranke (BHS) Klinik (Pferd und Mensch): Häufig verläuft eine Erkrankung subklinisch. Seltener geht die Erkrankung mit hohem Fieber oder neurologischen Symptomen einher (bei Pferd und Mensch) à Diagnose (DX) anhand Symptomatik, Bestätigung durch Antikörper (AK)/Virus-Nachweis à Material: Blut, Liquor, Gehirn FSME: Patho: Siehe WNV Klinik (Hund und Mensch): Eine erste Krankheitsphase weist nur unspezifische Symptome auf. Für die darauf folgende zweite Phase sind neurologische Symptome wie hohes Fieber, Übelkeit, Tremor, Ausfall des Sensoriums, Paresen & Paralysen wegweisend. à DX: Virusisolierung (Hirn), virusspezifische RNA (PCR) & AK-Nachweis à Material: Serum, Gehirn SBV: Patho: Details unbekannt. Ausgeprägter Neurotropismus und Neuropathogenität Klinik: Beim erwachsenen Tier sind eine subklinische Erkrankung, wie auch akute Symptome (Fieber, Milchrückgang und Durchfall) möglich. Bei Infektion eines Fötus treten Abort, Missbildung oder Mumifikation auf. à DX: Verdacht bei Missbildungen/Aborten, Bestätigung durch virusspezifische RNA (PCR) & AK-Nachweis Material à Material: Abortierte Foeten, in zweiter Linie Blut BTV: Patho: Aufnahme über dendritische Zellen an der Einstichstelle und Übertritt in regionale LK à Infizierte Monozyten und T-Zellen wandern aus à Virämie à Befall von Lunge/Milz und Endothelien Klinik: Fieber, Hämorrhagien und Ödeme treten primär beim Hauptwirt „Schaf“ auf. Es gibt 3 verschiedene Verlaufsformen (akut/subakut, subklinisch und atypisch mit Fetopathien). à DX: Symptomatik & zwingend Labornachweis à Material: Virusisolation (virämisches Blut, Blutzellen), AK-Nachweis
V Impfungen Im Gegensatz zu FSMEV gibt es für WNV noch keine Schutzimpfung für den Menschen. Ein grosses Problem ist das breite Wirtsprektrum des WNV, was eine Eradikation des Virus fast verunmöglicht. Wichtig ist es bei WNV, die Vektoren zu bekämpfen. Für das Pferd gibt es derzeit jedoch mehrere Impfstoffe auf dem Markt, wovon einer in der Schweiz seit 2012 zugelassen ist. Die Impfung gegen FSMEV ist für Haustiere nicht zugelassen. Gegen BTV kann man bei Wdk impfen. Für das Schmallenbergervirus existiert noch kein Impfstoff.
Referenzen: Mathias Ackermann 22.10.13 09:11 Kommentar [2]: Bei dieser Fülle von 1. Virushandbuch für Veterinärmediziner, Mathias Ackermann, 2013 Information wäre es angezeigt, die einzelnen 2. A global perspective on the epidemiology of West Nile virus, Kramer et al., Annu. Rev. Entomol. Aussagen mit den entsprechenden 2008. 53:61–81 Referenzen zu verbinden.
WNV SBV FSME BTV Biologie (+)ssRNA, nicht-segmentiert, (-)ssRNA, segmentiert, (+)ssRNA, nicht-segmentiert, dsRNA, segmentiert, behüllt behüllt behüllt unbehüllt Familie Flaviviridae Bunyaviridae Flaviviridae Reoviridae Gattung Flavivirus Orthobunyavirus Flavivirus Orbivirus Vektoren Mücken (Culex) Gnitzen (Culicoides) Zecken (Reservoir) Gnitzen (Culicoides) • Ixodes ricinus in Europa • Ixodes persulcatus Wirte Vögel (Hauptwirte und Schaf, Rind, Ziege Wildtiere (Hauptwirte) Schaf, Rind, Ziege und Reservoir) Schafe am empfänglichsten Mensch und Hund (Endwirte) Wildwiederkäuer Mensch und Pferd (Endwirte) Reservoir: Rind, Ziegen und Schafe am empfänglichsten Sehr breites Wirtsspektrum Wildwiederkäuer Reservoir: Rind, Ziegen und Wildwiederkäuer Verbreitung Weltweit Europa Europa und Russland Gürtel bis ca 40°C nördlich und südlich des Äquators Pathogenese 1. Replikation in Haut und Details unbekannt. Siehe WNV Aufnahme über DZ an regionären Lymphknoten → Ausgeprägter Einstichstelle und primäre Virämie und übertritt Neurotropismus und Übertragung in regionäre in Retikuloendothelial-System Neuropathogenität. Lymphknotenà Infizierte → sekundäre Virämie und Monozyten und T Zellen Durchbruch der BHS wandern ausà Virämie àBefall von Lungen/Milz und Endothelien Klinik Verlauf beim Menschen: Verlauf bei Infektion von Verlauf beim Menschen: Klinische Erscheinungen • IKZ 2-6 Tage erwachsenem Tier: • IKZ: 7-14 Tage (Fieber, Hämorrhagien und • Häufig subklinisch • Akut (Fieber, • 1. Phase mit unspezifischen Ödeme) treten primär beim • Sonst Fieber oder Milchrückgang, DF) Symptomen Schaf auf neurologische Symptome • Subklinisch • 2.Phase mit Befall des ZNS, hohes Fieber, Übelkeit, 3 wichtige Verlaufsformen: Zoonose! Verlauf bei Infektion des Sensoriumsstörungen, 1. Akute und subakute Fötus: Tremor, Paresen, Paralysen klinische − Aborte Blauzungenkrankheit − Missbildungen Zoonose! 2. Atypischer Verlauf mit − Mumifikation Fetopathien 3. Subklinischer Verlauf Impfung Keine für Mensch keine Nur für den Menschen zugelassen Existiert Existiert für Pferde, einer in CH seit 2012 zugelassen
4. West-Nil-Virus im Vergleich betroffener Tierarten Welche Typen und Subtypen kommen vor? Welche klinischen Symptome werden beobachtet? Womit begründen sich die unterschiedlichen Symptome bei den einzelnen Tierarten? Vermehrt sich das Virus in unterschiedlichen Organen? Wie wirken sich immunologische Faktoren auf Reservoirbildung und Übertragung aus? (Hubalek and Halouzka, 1999; Jeffrey Root, 2013; Kramer et al., 2008; Kwan et al., 2012)
Welche Typen und Subtypen kommen vor?
Das West Nil Virus (WNV) ist ein Arbovirus aus der Familie der Flaviviren. Subtypen werden anhand von Sequenzanalysen und Serologie unterschieden und in unterschiedliche regional vorkommende Viren eingeteilt.
Typ Vorkommen Subtyp 1a kommt weltweit vor, ausser in Australien und Indien 1 Subtyp 1b (Kunjin Virus) nur in Australien Suptyp 1c nur in Indien 2 Subtyp 2 südliches Afrika und Madagaskar Auch bekannt als „Rabensburg Virus“ Czech Republic (1997, 1999, 3 2006 isoliert) 4 Russland, erstmals 1988 isoliert 5 13 Isolate aus Indien (1950 – 1980) 6 Spanien (Ähnlichkeit mit Typ 4) 7 (noch nicht definitiv ob neuer Typ) n.d. Koutango Virus, isoliert in Senegal Quellen: Kramer L..D., A global perspective on the Epidemiologie of WNV, S.64 Tibayrenc M., Infection, Genetics and Evolution, Elsevir, 3. Taxonomy & classification
Aktuell aus Zentraleuropa und Russland isolierte Typen sind noch nicht taxonomisch klar eingeteilt worden, gehören aber zu anderen Typen als die bis jetzt bekannten.
Quelle: Pesko, K., Ebel, G., 2012, West Nile virus population genetics and evolution. Infection, Genetics and Evolution 12 (2012) 181-190
Giuliana Rosato, Anita Vock, Marina Rüegg, Louise Martin, Carmen Nauer Seite 1 Vermehrt sich das Virus in unterschiedlichen Organen?
Haut: Inokulation durch Moskito, Replikation in Keratinozyten und Langerhans‘schen Zellen (1)
Regionäre Lymphknoten: - Migration der Langerhans‘schen Zellen über afferente Lymphgefässe, Replikation und Dissemina- tion über efferente Lymphgefässe und Ductus thoracicus in Blutzirkulation = Virämie - Sekundäre Infektion von v.a. Milz und Niere (1)
Im Gehirn werden folgende Wege für den Eintritt des West-Nil-Virus ins ZNS vermutet: - Retrograder Transport aus peripheren Neuronen - Durchlässigkeit der Blut-Hirn-Schranke: TNF-α (Induktion durch Aktivierung von TLR 3) mit Einfluss auf Permeabilität, Abbau extrazellulärer Matrix durch Aktivierung von Metalloproteinasen - Infektion oder passiver Transport durch Epithelzellen des Plexus choroideus - Trojanisches Pferd Mechanismus: Transport des Virus in infizierten Immunzellen (Neutrophile, CD8+ und CD4+) - Infektion der olfaktorischen Neuronen - Direkte Infektion der Endothelzellen von Blutgefässen Im Endeffekt tragen alle Faktoren zu einer fulminanten Enzephalitis bei, die sich auch selbst erhalten kann. " starke Neurotoxizität (1)
Quelle: Cho, H., Diamond, M., 2012, Immune Response to West Nile Virus Infection in the Central Nervous System. Viruses 2012, 4, 3812- 3830
Giuliana Rosato, Anita Vock, Marina Rüegg, Louise Martin, Carmen Nauer Seite 2 Welche klinischen Symptome werden beobachtet?
Mensch: Fieberhafte, grippeähnliche Erkrankung mit Kopf-, Hals-, Rücken-, Muskel- und Gelenkschmerzen, Müdigkeit, Konjunktivitis, retrobulbäre Schmerzen, Hautausschlag, Lymphadenopathie, Anorexie, Nausea, Bauchschmerzen, Durchfall und respiratorische Symptome. Gelegentlich (<15% der Fälle) kommt es zu einer akuten aseptischen Meningitis oder Enzephalitis, Myelitis, Hepatosplenomegalie, Hepatitis, Pankreatitis und Myokarditis. Die meisten Todesfälle wur- den bei Patienten registriert, die älter als 50 Jahre alt waren. (2, S. 644 ff)
Pferde: Diffuse Enzephalomyelitis mit hohem Fieber, Zungen- und Lippenlähmung, Propriozeptionsdefizite, Ataxie, Hinterhandschwäche und -lähmung. Die Infektion verläuft jedoch häufig asymptomatisch. (2, S. 646)
Andere Säugetiere: Schafe: Fieber, Abort, selten Enzephalitis Schweine, Hunde: asymptomatische Infektion Kaninchen, Albino-Ratten, Meerschweinchen: resistent gegen eine WNV-Infektion Labormäuse, Hamster: deutlich anfälliger, erkranken oft an einer fatal verlaufenden Enzephalitis Affen: Fieber, Ataxie, gelegentlich Enzephalitis, Tremor, Parese oder Paralyse Die Infektion kann tödlich verlaufen oder führt in Überlebenden zu Viruspersistenz. (2, S. 646 ff)
Vögel: Infizierte Vögel zeigen meist keine Symptome. Eine natürliche Erkrankung wurde bei einer Taube in Ägypten beobachtet. Bei Inokulation bestimmter Vogelarten (Tauben, Hühner, Enten, Möwen, Gän- se, Habichte und Rabenvögel) verursacht das Virus gelegentlich Enzephalitis und Tod oder langfristige Viruspersistenz. Kükenembryonen können durch das Virus getötet werden. (2, S. 646 ff) Gewisse Vogelarten sterben jedoch an der WNV-Infektion und dienen als Warnsignal. In den USA sind es vor allem Krähen und in Ungarn und Österreich Gänse und Habichte, die als Indikatorwirte für die WNV-Überwachung genommen werden. (5)
Womit begründen sich die unterschiedlichen Symptome bei den einzelnen Tierarten? Wie wirken sich immunologische Faktoren auf Reservoirbildung und Übertragung aus?
Die Klinik hängt davon ab, ob das Virus ins ZNS eindringen kann oder nicht. Vermutlich spielen dabei die bereits erwähnten Wege (siehe S. 2) eine wichtige Rolle, jedoch auch die Effektivität der Immun- antwort. Kommt die Wirtsabwehr zu spät, d.h. erst wenn das Virus bereits ins ZNS gelangt ist, sind massive Schäden am Gehirn durch Zelluntergang die Folge, was zu neurologischen Symptomen führt. Die Gewebeschädigung kommt durch verschiedene Komponenten der Immunabwehr zustande: • Zelluntergang von infizierten Zellen durch Apoptose als Reaktion auf Typ-1-Interferon und durch die Aktivität der natürlichen Killerzellen • Zelluntergang durch zytotoxische T-Zellen • Komplementabhängige Zytolyse
Giuliana Rosato, Anita Vock, Marina Rüegg, Louise Martin, Carmen Nauer Seite 3 Um das Virus vollständig aus dem Körper zu eliminieren, ist eine adaptive zelluläre Immunantwort (Th1-Antwort) nötig. Kommt es nach Eindringen des Virus in den Wirtsorganismus zwar zu einer adä- quaten innaten Immunantwort, jedoch zu einer überwiegend humoralen Immunabwehr (Th2- Antwort), kann das Virus nicht vollständig aus dem Körper eliminiert werden. In diesem Fall zeigen die Tiere kaum Symptome, aber sie können eine persistente Virämie aufweisen, was die Vorausset- zung für eine erfolgreiche Übertragung mittels blutsaugender Vektoren darstellt. Man kann deshalb vermuten, dass die Viren ein Interesse daran haben, die Immunantwort in diese Richtung (Th2- Antwort) zu steuern, was ihnen im Hauptwirt zu gelingen scheint, jedoch nicht im Fehlwirt. (6)
Die unterschiedlichen Symptome bei den einzelnen Tierarten lassen sich damit erklären, dass einer- seits die Immunantwort tierartspezifisch aber auch individuell unterschiedlich verläuft, abhängig von der Fitness der Tiere, von der Interaktion zwischen Virus und Immunsystem bzw. der ‚Manipulations- fähigkeit‘ des Virus, der Effektivität der Wirtsabwehr und der Überlebensstrategie des Virus. Ande- rerseits braucht es auch eine Empfänglichkeit des Wirtes, damit sich das Virus überhaupt im Orga- nismus etablieren kann.
Bestimmte Vogelarten dienen beim WNV als Hauptreservoir. Sie zeigen sehr hohe und lange Virä- mien, was eine Übertragung durch Mücken begünstigt. Bei Fehlwirten tritt im Gegensatz dazu eine kürzere Virämie mit geringeren Viruskonzentrationen auf. Sie bleiben damit unter dem Schwellen- wert, der nötig wäre, um Mücken zu infizieren. Jeffrey Root hat in einer neuen Studie gezeigt, dass auch verschiedene Wildsäuger genug hohe Viruskonzentrationen im Blut hätten, um das Virus auf Mücken zu übertragen. Er vermutet deshalb, dass die Wildsäugetiere eine wichtigere Rolle in der Epidemiologie von WNV spielen, als man bisher angenommen hat. Für einen Beweis braucht es je- doch weitere Untersuchungen. (3)
Jennifer L. Kwan hat sich in ihrer Studie mit der Immunitätsbildung der Vögel, der Persistenz des Vi- rus und den Krankheitsausbrüchen bei Menschen befasst. Es hat sich gezeigt, dass die Infektions- bzw. Übertragungsdynamik stark von der Herdenimmunität der Vögel abhängt. Je höher die Winter-/ Frühlingsimmunität der Vögel ist, desto geringer sind die Verbreitung des Virus und die Anzahl von Ausbrüchen bei Menschen im nächsten Sommer. Dies bedeutet, dass die Immunkompetenz des Wirts eine wichtige Rolle spielt. (4)
Quellen: (1) Cho, H., Diamond, M., 2012, Immune Response to West Nile Virus Infection in the Central Nervous System. Viruses 2012, 4, 3812- 3830 (2) Hubalek Z, Halouzka J. 1999. West Nile fever—a reemerging mosquito-borne viral disease in Europe. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 5:643–50 (3) Root, JJ., 2013, West Nile virus associations in wild mammals: a synthesis, Arch Virol (2013) 158:735–752 (4) Kwan JL, Kluh S, Reisen WK (2012) Antecedent Avian Immunity Limits Tangential Transmission of West Nile Virus to Humans. PLoS ONE 7(3): e34127. (5) Ackermann M., Virus-Handbuch für Veterinärmediziner, Haupt Verlag, 1. Auflage (2013), S. 186-191 (6) Vorträge im Rahmen der Infektionsimmunologie, HS 13, Thema ‘AK und zelluläre Immunität gegen das WNV’ und ‘Intrinsische und innate Abwehr gegen WNV’
Giuliana Rosato, Anita Vock, Marina Rüegg, Louise Martin, Carmen Nauer Seite 4
West-Nil-Virus und sein(e) Vektor(en)
1. Welche Vektoren gibt es?
Culex pipiens-Komplex: Wichtigste Vektoren
Non-Culex pipiens Komplex : Sind Opportunisten, welche Vögel bevorzugen, aber selten auch Menschen stechen (C.tarsalis, C. nigripalpus)
Non-Culex Moskitos: Dazu gehört zum Beispiel Aedes à epidemiologisch wahrscheinlich weniger von Bedeutung
Non-Moskito Vektoren: Zecken, Hippoboscidae (=Lausfliege) à spielen wahrscheinlich eine untergeordnete Rolle
2. Biologie und Einteilung der Vektoren?
è bridge vectors: Übertragen das Virus vom Vogel auf den Menschen, Pferd und andere Säuger
è maintanance vectors: Sorgen dafür, dass Virus im Reservoir (Vogel) verbleibt (z.B. C. pipiens pipiens, Culex restuans)
Culex pipiens pipiens:
Ist ein maintanance und bridge vector à Im Sommer und Frühjahr macht C. pipiens einen so genannten host-switch durch, das heisst die Mücken ernähren sich dann auch von anderen Säugern (speziell von Menschen) während sie den Rest des Jahres Vögel als Mahlzeit bevorzugen (host-switch kommt vor allem in urbanen und weniger in ruralen Regionen vor). Vermehren sich vor allem in stehendem Gewässer. (siehe Colpitts et al.)
Culex pipiens molestus:
Auch „London underground mosquito“ genannt, weil sie sich wahrscheinlich im letzten Jahrhundert an Untergrundsysteme angepasst hat. Im Gegensatz zu Culex pipiens pipiens ist sie kälteintolerant, sticht bevorzugt Menschen, Ratten und Mäuse und vermehrt sich das ganze Jahr über. (siehe http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/London_Underground_mosquito)
Culex pipiens quniquefasciatus:
Typischer Brückenvektor à sticht Vögel und Menschen. Dringt vor allem während der Dämmerung in die Häuser ein und erreicht einen peak um Mitternacht. Sticht bevorzugt unterhalb der Knie. (siehe http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Culex_quinquefasciatus)
Hybridmücken:
In Nordamerika wird die Ausbreitung dadurch erleichtert, dass eine Hybridmücke aus Culex pipiens molestus und Culex pipiens als Vektor dient à diese haben keine Präferenzen bei der Blutmahlzeit und stechen sowohl Menschen wie auch Vögel. (Siehe: Emerging Vectors in the Culex pipiens Complex Dina M. Fonseca et al.)
3. Wie vermehrt und verbreitet sich der Vektor?
Vermehrung:
Die Paarung findet nach dem Schlüpfen der Imagines statt. Durch den Flügelschlag der Männchen entsteht ein Sirrton, der die Weibchen artspezifisch anlockt. Die Weibchen brauchen für die Eiproduktion Blutnahrung (die Männchen saugen kein Blut). Sie legen ihre Eier in kleinen Schiffchen auf der Wasseroberfläche von stehendem Gewässer ab. Die Larven schlüpfen und entwickeln sich über 4 Stadien zur Puppe, aus welcher schliesslich der Imago schlüpft. Dies dauert ca. 8-21 Tage. Die Weibchen leben ca. 6 Wochen.
Verbreitung:
• Mücken können mit Flugzeugen/Schiffen eingeschleppt werden • In stehenden Gewässern (z.B. auch Regentonnen, alte Autoreifen) können sich die Mücken nachdem es geregnet hat sehr schnell vermehren • Die Verbreitung ist auch abhängig von der Wirtsdichte und dem Klima
4. Wie entsteht aus dem Vektor ein Reservoir?
Begattete Weibchen können an geschützten Orten (zum Beispiel in Kellerabteilen) überwintern. Auch die Eier von Weibchen welche noch keine Blutmahlzeit aufgenommen haben, können mit dem Virus infiziert sein. Daraus kann man schliessen, dass auch eine vertikale Erregerübertragung stattfindet. Das Virus kann so persistieren und sich im Frühling wieder amplifizieren.
5. Wie kann man den Vektor bekämpfen(theoretische und praktische Ansätze)?
I. Biologisch: Entwicklung von Biopestiziden (Bacillus thuringiensis produziert Toxin welches letal ist für Mücken), Entwässerung, Vermehrung von natürlichen Fressfeinden, Schutzkleidung, Moskitonetze, Moskitoaktivtätspeaks meiden (z.B. C.pipiens 2h nach Sonnenuntergang)
II. Chemisch: Repellentien, Larvizide, Adultizide (Pyrethroide, Organophosphate) à aber hohe Resistenzen und Umweltschäden
III. Physikalisch: Ölfilme auf Gewässern, welche zum Ersticken der Larven führen, Mückenfallen mit anziehenden Lockstoffen
IV. Genetisch: Transgene Mücken, welche Virus nicht übertragen können oder selbst resistent sind gegenüber Krankheitserreger
Quellen: • Lehrbuch der Parasitologie für die Tiermedizin, Peter Deplazes et al. 2. Aufl., S 442-447 • http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stechm%C3%BCckenbek%C3%A4mpfung, • Colpitts et al. 2012, Kramer et al, Andreadis, 2012 • http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/London_Underground_mosquito • http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Culex_quinquefasciatus • Emerging Vectors in the Culex pipiens Complex, Dina M. Fonseca et al.
Livia Egli, Fabienne Schubnell, Lisa von Boehmer, Sarah Lais
6. Vermehrung des West-Nil-Virus im Vektor
In welchen Organen vermehrt sich das Virus? Mücken der Gattungen Culex und Aedes nehmen das Virus mit ihrer Blutmahlzeit von einem infizierten Wirtstier auf. Die Vermehrung des Virus findet anschliessend in den Zellen des Mitteldarms der Mücken statt. Über die Hämolymphe gelangen die Viren vom Mitteldarm in die Speicheldrüsen, wo die Übertagung bei der Blutmahlzeit erfolgt. Ebenso gelangen die Viren in die Geschlechtsorgane, als Voraussetzung zur vertikalen Übertragung.1 Mathias Ackermann 21.10.13 10:08 Wie wird es ausgeschieden und übertragen? Kommentar [1]: Kramer et al., 2008 beschreiben das noch viel präziser: ...vertical Beim Stich der Mücke auf einem Wirtstier werden die Viren mit dem Speichel übertragen. transmission of WNV from parent to progeny Die Mücke sticht mehrere Male in die Haut, bis sie ein geeignetes Blutgefäss gefunden hat.2 plays a significant role in the virus’s perpetuation. Flaviviruses appear to enter the Bei jedem dieser Stiche wird Speichel sezerniert. Somit gelangt nur ein kleiner Teil der Viren fully formed egg through the micropyle at the direkt in die Blutbahn, der weitaus grössere Teil wird in die Haut injiziert. time of fertilization (117). This is an Der Speichel spielt eine wichtige Rolle bei der Übertragung und Infektion, da er vasodilatativ, inefficient mechanism of vertical transmission, yet it does permit the infection of progeny immunmodulatorisch und koagulationshemmend wirkt. Dies begünstigt die Ausbreitung des following a single maternal blood meal.... Virus im Wirtstier.3 Beim Blauzungenvirus wird dieser Vorgang Eine vertikale Übertragung wurde nachgewiesen, als bei einer Untersuchung in Larven und nicht beobachtet; dort trifft das Virus auch erst nach der Verschalung der Eier im Ovar männlichen Stechmücken West Nile Virus gefunden wurden, obwohl diese kein Blut saugen. ein, wird aber dann nicht mehr ins Ei Die Übertragung erfolgt bei der Befruchtung des Eis. Dies ist ein nicht sehr effizienter aufgenommen. Mechanismus, aber er erlaubt die Infektion des Nachwuchses nach nur einer Blutmahlzeit der Adulten Mücke. Möglicherweise spielt die vertikale Übertragung eine Rolle für die Überwinterung des Virus4 Welche Virusmengen sind nötig für die Vermehrung im Vektor? Im Blut des Wirtes müssen 106 plaque forming untis/ml des Virus enthalten sein, damit eine Mücke sich bei ihrer Blutmahlzeit infiziert.5 Ausgehend von einem Mahlzeitvolumen von 0.1ml muss die Mücke also mindestens 100 pfu aufnehmen, damit sie infiziert wird. Eine andere Studie6 zeigte, dass für die Übertragung des Virus von Alligatoren auf Mücken auch Virustiter 105 pfu/ml im Alligatorenblut ausreichend sind. Wie viel Virus gibt ein Vektor bei der Übertragung ab? In einer Studie7 konnte gezeigt werden, dass bei den Stichen einer Mücke ca. 104 - 106 pfu des Virus extravaskulär (dermale Hautschichten) und nur ca. 102 pfu direkt ins Blut injiziert werden. Es konnte ebenfalls gezeigt werden, dass die injizierte Virusmenge eine wichtige Rolle für den Verlauf der Krankheit spielt, da sie die Ausprägung der Virämie und die Virenausscheidung direkt beeinflusst. Die Kenntnis der injizierten Virusmenge ist somit auch von zentraler Bedeutung in Impf- und anderen Studien.
1 Kramer et al., A Glogal Perspective on the Epidemiology Of West Nile Virus. 2008; S.69 2 Styer et al, Mosquitoes Inoculate High Doses of West Nile Virus as They Probe and Feed on Live Hosts, 2007 3 Colpitts et al., West Nile Virus: Biology, Transmission, and Human Infection, 2012; S. 638 4 Kramer et al., A Glogal Perspective on the Epidemiology Of West Nile Virus. 2008; S. 69 5 Kwan et al., Antecedent Avian Immunity Limits Tangental Transmission of West Nile Virus to Humans 2012, S.2 6 Kramer et al., A Glogal Perspective on the Epidemiology Of West Nile Virus. 2008 7 Styer et al., Mosquitoes Inoculate High Doses of West Nile Virus as They Probe and Feed on Live Hosts, 2007
Epidemiologie West Nile Virus 7 Oktober 2013
7.Globale Epidemiologie des West Nil Virus (WNV)
Entwicklung der Epidemiologie von WNV in den letzten Jahrzehnten und Faktoren, welche diese beeinflussen:
Das WNV ist das am weitesten verbreitete Arbovirus. Man findet es auf der ganzen Welt ausser in der Antarktis.
Erstmals isoliert wurde das WNV 1937 im West Nile District des nördlichen Uganda bei einer Frau mit Fieber. Durch die auftretenden Symptome wurde das WNV in Verbindung mit bereits zuvor aufgetretenen sporadischen Erkrankungen und Ausbrüchen in Eurasien, Australien und im mittleren Osten gebracht, deren Verursacher bis anhin unbekannt war.
Durch serologische Studien im Jahre 1950 konnte das Virus in Menschen, Pferden, Vögel und Moskitos in Ägypten und dem oberen Nil Delta nachgewiesen werden. In der Zeit danach wurden gelegentlich Erkrankungen im Zusammenhang mit WNV in Osteuropa detektiert. Ab dem Jahre 1990 traten zunehmend mehr Fälle von WNV auf, besonders in mediterranen Gebieten von Europa. Es wurden erstmals vermehrt schwere Enzephalitiden und neurologische Symptome beobachtet.
1996/97 trat das Virus in Bukarest/Rumänien auf, was mit mehr als 500 Krankheitsfällen verzeichnet wurde und somit einer der grössten europäischen Arbovirus Ausbrüche seit den 80er Jahren darstellte. Zwischen 1996 und 1999 traten drei grosse WNV Epidemien in Rumänien, Russland und Nordamerika auf. Die Erkrankungen äusserten sich mit starken neurologischen Symptomen und relativ hoher Sterblichkeit. Dies waren die ersten verzeichneten Epidemien in grossen urbanen Populationen. Man vermutet, dass das WNV von Tel Aviv auf dem Flugverkehrsweg in die USA kam. Eine Ärztin aus der Bronx mit Tropenkrankheitserfahrung meinte das Virus zu erkennen und meldete dies militärischen Forschungsärzten. Das Virus, welches sich als neuer Abkömmling des originären WNV darstellte, breitete sich rasant über den amerikanischen Kontinent aus. Diese Ausbreitung war jedoch nicht vergesellschaftet mit nennenswerten Mehrerkrankungen bei Mensch und Pferd oder erhöhter Vogelmortalität.
Des Weiteren erreichte das WNV auch tropische Gebiete, wie Cuba und die Cayman Islands. Die Virulenz des Virus in den Tropen scheint allerdings reduziert zu sein und Kreuzprotektion durch andere Flaviviren tritt auf. Zudem geht man davon aus, dass die Vektoren und Wirte (Vögel) weniger kompetente Überträger sind als in anderen Breitegraden. Auch kann man einen deutlichen Unterschied in der Prävalenz von WNV zwischen Nord-und Südeuropa feststellen. Dies ist vermutlich auf das Fressverhalten des Vektors (Culex Mücke) und das Klima zurückzuführen ist. Mathias Ackermann 21.10.13 10:12 Klimaveränderungen wie Erderwärmung, ökologische Nischen die Massenbrütungen der Moskitos Kommentar [1]: Gemeint ist wahrscheinlich die Wirtsspezifität der Mücken. erlauben, starke Regenfälle die zu Fluten führen und menschliche Gewohnheiten wie zum Beispiel das Bewässern von Pflanzen können zu Erhöhungen der Vektorpopulationen führen und somit zur vergrößerten Inzidenz von WNV. Die Übertragung auf den Vektor erfolgt durch langandauernde, hochgradige Virämie im Vogel, weswegen Zugvögel wesentlich zur Verbreitung des WNV beitragen. Jedoch kann sich auch ohne den Vogel ein Zyklus durch transovarielle Übertagung im Vektor aufrechterhalten. Zusätzlich können auch andere blutsaugende Arthropoden, wie zum Beispiel Zecken, zur Streuung des Erregers beitragen.
Janine Sutter, Jasmin Steiner, Mila Bucheli, Patricia Landolt, Felicia Schuler
Epidemiologie West Nile Virus 7 Oktober 2013
Diese sind befähigt dazu, in ansonsten für das Virus widriger, trockener und warmer Umgebung, einen Zyklus aufrecht zu erhalten.
Aus Säugetieren kann das Virus kaum isoliert werden. Einzig Pferde und Lemuren zeigen geringe Virämien und können dadurch zur lokalen Erhaltung des WNV beitragen. Auch Frösche können das Virus bewirten und an die Mücke weitergeben. Mathias Ackermann 21.10.13 10:15 In Europa sind zwei verschiedene Zyklen des Virus bekannt. Ein ruraler (=ländlicher) Umlauf wird Kommentar [2]: Für diesen Abschnitt mit ungewöhnliche Behauptungen wären spezifische durch wilde Wasservögel aufrechterhalten und ein urbaner Zyklus läuft über Moskitos ab, die sowohl Referenzen sehr hilfreich. am Menschen, wie auch am Vogel Blut saugen.
Fallzahlen, Prävalenz, Inzidenz, Letalität der verschiedenen Krankheitsformen?
Die Erkrankung beim Menschen äussert sich meist in milden Grippesymptomen. In 1-2% aller Fälle gelangt das Virus jedoch ins ZNS und verursacht Enzephalitiden, welche mit hoher Letalität einhergehen. Aufgrund der Ausbrüche in Bukarest, Israel und in den USA kann drauf geschlossen werden, dass sich die Todesrate bei Erkrankungen an WNV auf ca. 10% beläuft.
Die aktuelle Inzidenz von WNV in Europa ist weitgehend unbekannt. Es treten immer wieder sporadische Fälle auf. In den USA traten von 1999 bis 2006 knapp 10‘000 neurologische Fälle und ca. 14‘000 Fälle von WN Fieber auf. Davon gingen 962 Erkrankungen tödlich aus (10%ige Letalität).
Unter welchen Voraussetzungen könnte sich das Virus in der Schweiz festsetzen?
Aus oben aufgeführten Gründen, welche die Epidemiologie des WNV beeinflussen, kann das Virus jederzeit auch in die Schweiz eingetragen werden. Über Zugvögel die durch die globale Erwärmung immer weiter nach Norden gelangen, könnten virämische Vögel vor Ort von Mücken attackiert und das Virus so verbreitet werden. Ähnlich der damaligen Situation in den USA könnte so die naive Vogelpopulation der Schweiz womöglich mit WNV überrannt werden. Durch die dadurch folgende Anwesenheit des Virus im Hauptwirten und Vektor wäre eine Übertragung auf Mammalia denkbar.
Die Voraussetzung für das Festsetzen des Virus in der Schweiz ist demnach, dass das WNV durch virämische Vögel eingeschleppt wird und die anschliessende Verbreitung durch Mücken mit ausgedehnter Wirtsspezifität erfolgt (Blut saugen an Vögeln, Säugetieren und Reptilien).
Durch die Globalisierung und durch internationale (z.T. illegale) Tiertransporte gilt es auch zu beachten, dass das WNV des Weiteren auch über bereits infizierte Säugetiere oder gar durch infizierte Menschen oder Blutsauger in die Schweiz eingeschleppt werden kann.
Quellen: 1) Laura D. Kramer, Linda M. Styer & Gregory D. Ebel, 2008, A Global Perspective on the Epidemiology of West Nile Virus, Annu. Rev. Entomol. 53:61-81 2) Zdenek Hubalek & Jiri Halouzka, 1999, West Nile Fever – a Reemerging Mosquito-Borne Viral Disease in Europe, Vol. 5, No. 5 3) Mathias Ackermann, Virus-Handbuch für Veterinärmediziner, 2013, Haupt Verlag, Bern Stuttgart Wien 4) http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/West-Nil-Virus, 07.10.2013, 23:21
Janine Sutter, Jasmin Steiner, Mila Bucheli, Patricia Landolt, Felicia Schuler
8. Pathogenese des West-Nil-Virus auf Ebene Organismus
Wie verbreitet sich das Virus im Organismus und wie wird es wieder ausgeschieden?
1. Replikation in der Haut und in regionalen Lymphknoten 2. Primäre Virämie 3. Übertritt ins retikuloendotheliale System 4. Sekundäre Virämie 5. Zum Teil Durchbruch durch die Blut-Hirn-Schranke und Replikation in den neurologischen Zellen -> dies führt zu einer zytotoxischen Immunabwehr und einer perivaskulären Entzündung
Der natürliche Übertragungszyklus von WNV mit dem Blut ist von der Mücke zum Vogel und dann wieder zur Mücke, wobei die in der Mücke teilweise auch eine transovarielle Übertragung möglich ist. Bis vor kurzem wurde die direkte Übertragung zwischen Menschen bzw. Säugetieren ausgeschlossen, d.h. Mensch und Säugetiere galten als Endwirte. Mittlerweile gilt beim Menschen aber auch eine Über- tragung mittels Blut- und Organspenden als gesichert.4 Ausserdem wird von Infektionen über die Brustmilch sowie über Aerosole (z.B. bei einer Autopsie eines Pferdes) berichtet.4
Welche Faktoren sind relevant für die Übertragung?
Mücke:
• Virusreplikation in der Mücke abhängig von Temperatur & Feuchtigkeit (vorzugsweise warm & tro- cken) • Überlebensdauer & Anzahl der Mücken • bevorzugter Wirt (z.B. Vögel) • transovarielle Übertragung in gewissen Mückenspezies
Vogel:
• Ausprägung einer genügend hohen Virämie, um Virus auf Mücken zu übertragen (wahrscheinlich auch bei gewissen Säugern möglich!) • Meist inapparente Infektion • Zugvögel verbreiten Virus weltweit 4 • Starke Hinweise auf orale Übertragung durch Aufnahme von Fäkalien oder infiziertem Aas
Welche Verlaufsformen kommen vor?
Pferd
• Asymptomatische Infektion 4 • Enzephalomyelitis mit hohem Fieber über 40°C (10% )
Mensch
4 • Asymptomatische Infektion (80% ) • Fieber über 39°C, Kopf- & Muskelschmerzen, gastrointestinale Symptome, Hautausschläge, Lym- phadenopathie • Aus den beiden oben genannten Formen kann sich eine meist gutartige Meningitis oder eine oft mit schweren Komplikationen einhergehende Encephalitis entwickeln (<15%4)
Vogel
• Normalerweise inapparent infiziert - dies ist jedoch stark abhängig von Virusstamm und Vogelspe- zies (so starben 1999 in New York tausende Tiere, vor allem Krähen und Greifvögel) Mathias Ackermann 14.10.13 08:04 Kommentar [1]: Nein, in NY waren es die Welche Faktoren sind wichtig für die Ausprägung der einzelnen Verlaufsformen? Krähen; Greifvögel bzw. Gänse spielten eine wichtige Rolle bei den Ausbrüchen und der Risikofaktoren für die Entwicklung der neuroinvasiven Form beim Mensch: Unterscheidung der Subtypen 1 und 2 in Österreich, Ungarn, Rumänien. (siehe mein 1,4 • hohes Alter Buchkapitel WNV und Referenzen darin) 1 • Kleinkind 4 • Männliches Geschlecht 4 • Bluthochdruck 4 • Diabetes mellitus 1,4 • Immunsuppression 1 • kleine Population regulatorischer T-Zellen (auch im Tiermodell)
Schutzfaktoren:
1 • effiziente Interferon-Antwort • „funktionierende“ Makrophagen: wichtige Rolle in früher Phase der Immunantwort; protektive Rolle im ZNS1 • frühe Induktion einer spezifischen, neutralisierenden IgM-Immunantwort Ø limitiert Virämie und Invasion ins ZNS4
Selbstverständlich variiert zudem die Virulenz zwischen den einzelnen Virusstämmen. Allgemein ge- sagt korrelieren die Neuroinvasivität (Virus dringt in neuronales Gewebe ein) und -pathogenität (Virus macht im neuronalen Gewebe krank) mit der Kontrolle des Interferonsystems.3
Quellen • 1 : Colpitts et al., 2012, “West Nile Virus : Biology, Transmission and Human Infection” • 2 : Kramer et al., 2008, “A Global Perspective on the Epidemiology of West Nile Virus” • 3: Pesko and Ebel, 2012, “West Nile virus population genetics and evolution” • 4: Pradier et al., 2012, “West Nile virus epidemiology and factors triggering change in its dis- tribution in Europe”
9. Pathogenese des West-Nil-Virus auf zellulärer und molekularer Ebene
Frane Ivasovic, Sophie Peterhans, Andrea Kühler, Valentina Bottani, Bianca Berger, David Schmid.
11. Oktober 2013
1 Zyklus
• Attachment: Die Rezeptor gesteuerte Endozytose hängt ab vom Ig-like fold, die in Domäne 3 des Glykoprotein E lokalisiert ist1.
• Eintritt: Das Glykoprotein E (=Envelope) bindet an Rezeptoren der Zelle. Es gibt 3 Rezeptoren die vermutlich beteiligt sind, jedoch ist es noch nicht ganz klar. (Die vermuteten Rezeptoren sind DC-SIGN, DC-SIGNR, αvβ3-Integrin1). • Freisetzung: Die Freisetzung des Virus aus dem Vesikel beginnt mit dem Ansäuern im Innern Vesikel. Dadurch wird das Glykoprotein E, welches ursprünglich ein Dimer ist, zum Trimer. Das führt dazu, dass ein hydrophobes Peptid freigelegt wird, welches cd loop genannt wird. (Es liegt in der Domäne 2 des Glykoprotein E1.) Das Ganze führt dazu, dass die virale Membran mit der zellulären Vesikelmembran ver- schmilzt und das Genom ins Zytosol entlassen wird1.
• Translation: Die virale RNA wird sofort von der zellulären Maschine- rie zum Polypeptid translatiert1. Dieses Polypeptid wird von viralen und zellulären Proteasen in die 3 Strukturproteine und die 7 Nicht- Strukturproteine gespalten2.
• Replikation: Die positiv-Strang RNA wird repliziert zu einer negativ- Strang RNA. Diese dient als Vorlage zur Synthese von neuen positiv- Strang RNAs2.
• Austritt: Die neuen Virionen passieren den Golgi-Apparat und werden durch Exozytose ins extrazelluläre Milieu entlassen1.
1Pesko, K.N., Ebel, G.D., 2012, West Nile virus population genetics and evolution. Infect Genet Evol 12, 182. 2M. Ackermann, 2013, Das Virus-Handbuch für Veterinärmediziner, UTB GmbH, 167.
1 2 Virusproteine
WNV besteht aus 10 verschiedenen Proteinen, davon sind 3 Strukturprotei- ne und 7 Nicht-Strukturproteine3.
Strukturproteine: Kapsid, Envelope und Prämembran, diese drei sind nötig für den Virus- eintritt in die Wirtszelle, sowie für die „Enkapsidierung“ des Virusgenoms während des Assembly4.
Nicht-Strukturproteine: NSP haben verschiedene Funktion, was in Anbetracht der sehr kleinen An- zahl Proteine, die das WNV besitzt verständlich ist.
• NS1 hat sowohl eine zelluläre wie auch eine sekretierte Form und ist sehr immunogen und es wird vermutet, dass es eine Rolle bei der Vi- rusreplikation spielt
• NS3 ist die virale Protease, welche für die Abspaltung der anderen NSP vom viralen Polyprotein verantwortlich ist und andere Enzymaktivitä- ten besitzt.
• NS5 dient als virale Polymerase, sowie an Methyltransferase und ist nötig für die Virusreplikation
• NS2A, NS2B, NS4A, NS4B, für diese Proteine wurde gezeigt, dass sie eine oder mehrere Komponenten der innaten Immunabwehr gegen virale Infektionen inhibieren5.
3M. Ackermann, 2013, Das Virus-Handbuch für Veterinärmediziner, UTB GmbH, 167. 4Colpitts, T.M., Conway, M.J., Montgomery, R.R., Fikrig, E., 2012, West Nile Virus: biology, transmission, and human infection. Clin Microbiol Rev 25, 635. 5Colpitts, T.M., Conway, M.J., Montgomery, R.R., Fikrig, E., 2012, West Nile Virus: biology, transmission, and human infection. Clin Microbiol Rev 25, 635-636. 3 Pathogenese bei der Mücke
Infektion erfolgt über Blutaufnahme, die Viren gelangen zum Mitteldarm, dessen Epithel sie infizieren und sich dort replizieren6. Anschliessend gelan- gen sie über Hämolymphe in die Speicheldrüsen7. Proteine die an diesem Vorgang beteiligt sind:
• Chitine u. andere Proteine bilden eine Barriere im Mitteldarm der Mücke die Viren an der Invasion hindern können7.
• Infizierte Zellen sezernieren C-Typ Lectin, welches Virionen bindet und deren Aufnahme durch eine Phosphatase fördert8.
Immunabwehr: In der Regel sind Mücke persistent mit WMV infiziert, trotzdem zeigen neue Untersuchungen, dass in den Mücken eine Immunantwort induziert wird. Man nimmt an, dass die Immunantwort der Mücke aus 2 Komponenten besteht7:
• einerseits einer innaten Immunabwehr, die über drei verschieden Si- gnalwege (Toll, JAK-STAT, IMD) zu einer Expression von antimikro- biellen Peptiden (AMP’s) führen7.
• andererseits aus der RNA-Interferenz (RNAi), die durch virale doppel- strängige RNA aktiviert wird7.
6Pesko, K.N., Ebel, G.D., 2012, West Nile virus population genetics and evolution. Infect Genet Evol 12, 186. 7Colpitts, T.M., Conway, M.J., Montgomery, R.R., Fikrig, E., 2012, West Nile Virus: biology, transmission, and human infection. Clin Microbiol Rev 25, 637. 8Pesko, K.N., Ebel, G.D., 2012, West Nile virus population genetics and evolution. Infect Genet Evol 12, 182. 4 Pathogenese und Immunität beim Säugetier
• Die Mücke inokuliert beim Stich das Virus in den Wirt. Die erste Vi- rusvermehrung erfolgt lokal in den Fibroblasten und Keratinozyten. Anschliessend kommt es zu einer Virämie9.
• PAMPs (Non-self pathogen-associated molecular patterns) sind Mus- ter/Teile des Virus durch die PRR (Pathogen Recognition Receptor) der Zelle des Wirtes erkannt werden10.
• Die zwei wichtigsten PRR sind: Toll like Receptor (TLR) und cytoplas- matische RNA Helicase (RIG-1 und MDA5). Diese zwei Komponenten führen schlussendlich zur Produktion von IFN Typ I (IFN alpha und beta)11.
• Die Makrophagen-Aktivierung sowie die Produktion von IFN gilt als wichtigster Teil der Immunantwort gegen WNV10.
• Das Interferon beeinflusst direkt den Virustiter im Blut: hoher Titer → niedrige Viruskonzentration12.
• Unterschied zwischen kranken vs. gesunden Tieren? Gesunde Tiere können INF Typ I produzieren; kranke Tiere (Immunsupprimierte, alte Tiere) können INF Typ I nicht in genügenden Mengen ausschütten13.
• Unterschied Mücken vs. Säuger: Säugerzellen sezernieren IFN-alpha, Mückenzellen nicht (brauchen es ev. nicht?)textsuperscript11.
5 Bibliografie
• M. Ackermann, 2013, Das Virus-Handbuch für Veterinärmediziner, UTB GmbH.
• Leis, A.A., Stokic, D.S., 2012, Neuromuscular manifestations of west nile virus infection. Front Neurol 3, 37.
• Cho, H., Diamond, M.S., 2012, Immune responses to West Nile virus infection in the central nervous system. Viruses 4, 3812-3830.
9Colpitts, T.M., Conway, M.J., Montgomery, R.R., Fikrig, E., 2012, West Nile Virus: biology, transmission, and human infection. Clin Microbiol Rev 25, 638. 10Diamond, M.S., Gale, M., Jr., 2012, Cell-intrinsic innate immune control of West Nile virus infection. Trends Immunol 33, 522. 11Diamond, M.S., Gale, M., Jr., 2012, Cell-intrinsic innate immune control of West Nile virus infection. Trends Immunol 33, 523. 12Colpitts, T.M., Conway, M.J., Montgomery, R.R., Fikrig, E., 2012, West Nile Virus: biology, transmission, and human infection. Clin Microbiol Rev 25, 641. 13Leis, A.A., Stokic, D.S., 2012, Neuromuscular manifestations of west nile virus infec- tion. Front Neurol 3, 37,S.6. • Colpitts, T.M., Conway, M.J., Montgomery, R.R., Fikrig, E., 2012, West Nile Virus: biology, transmission, and human infection. Clin Mi- crobiol Rev 25, 635-648.
• Diamond, M.S., Gale, M., Jr., 2012, Cell-intrinsic innate immune con- trol of West Nile virus infection. Trends Immunol 33, 522-530.
• Kramer, L.D., Styer, L.M., Ebel, G.D., 2008, A global perspective on the epidemiology of West Nile virus. Annu Rev Entomol 53, 61-81.
• Pesko, K.N., Ebel, G.D., 2012, West Nile virus population genetics and evolution. Infect Genet Evol 12, 181-190.
• Pradier, S., Lecollinet, S., Leblond, A., 2012, West Nile virus epidemio- logy and factors triggering change in its distribution in Europe. Rev Sci Tech 31, 829- 844.
Impfstoffe gegen West-Nil-Virus
Das West-Nil-Virus, ein Virus aus der Familie der Flaviviridae, ist ein Vektor-übertragenes Virus, das Menschen und Pferde befällt. Vektor ist die Culex-Mücke.1
Allgemeines2 Zur Zeit sind weltweit 4 Vakzine für Pferde und 1 Vakzin für Gänse zugelassen. Impfstoffe für den Menschen existieren noch keine, sie sind aber in Entwicklung. Strategien zur Herstellung: − Inokulation von grossen Mengen an inaktiviertem Virus (Antigen) ins Tier − Expression von WNV Proteine in einem Wirtstier um eine Immunantwort hervorzurufen -> als rekombinantes subunit Vakzin -> über Inokulation von DNA-Plasmiden in eine Wirtszelle (WNV-Gene werden dann von der Zelle produziert) − Verwendung von Chimäre-Viren die PrM und E Gene enthalten, die man in ein attenuiertes Flavivirus-Gerüst eingebaut hat − Attenuierte Viren -> über induzierte Mutationen in nicht-Struktur-Genen -> über induzierte Mutationen in Kapsid-Genen
Impfstoffe gegen WNV3 Merkmale von Impfstoffen gegen WNV. Was können sie? Was können sie nicht?
Inaktivierte Vakzine: Ein formalin-inaktivierter WNV-Impfstoff funktioniert ähnlich wie formalin-inaktivierte Impfstoffe gegen andere Flaviviren (Japanisches Encephalitis Virus und FSME): 2 Wochen nach der Impfung erreichte man bei Hamstern nach zwei Applikationen einen kompletten Schutz vor einer letalen experimentellen WNV-Infektion Exposition. Nachteile: Für eine schützende Immunantwort sind mehrere Applikationsdosen nötig. Die Dauer der hervorgerufenen Immunität ist nicht bekannt. Man hat festgestellt, dass bei geimpften Tieren, die nur eine schwache oder qualitativ ungenügende humorale Immunantwort entwickelten, eine nachfolgende Infektion mit einem heterologen Flavivirus sogar verstärkt sein kann.
Subunit-Vakzine: Durch wiederholte Impfungen mit gereinigtem rekombinantem WNV E Protein erreichte man hohe Titer von neutralisierenden Antikörper gegen WNV. Nachteile: Eine genügende zelluläre Immunität kann auch bei mehrmaliger Applikation nicht erreicht werden. Man hat zwar eine gute humorale Immunität, die Impfung reicht aber nicht für einen gesamthaft guten Schutz. Experimente zeigten, dass immunisierte Mäuse nur vor niedrigdosierter WNV-Infektion vollständig geschützt sind; hohe letale Dosen überleben sie nicht.
DNA-Vakzine: Erzielt guten Schutz gegen Virämie und Mortalität (Experiment mit geimpften Pferden und Mäusen) nach einmaliger Applikation. Es handlet sich um eine Plasmid-DNA, die für das Membranprotein prM, das Envelope-Protein E oder das Kapsidprotein C des WNV kodiert. Durch die Co-Expression von prM und E entstehen immunogene subvirale Partikel, die eine starke humorale und zelluläre Immunantwort induzieren. Durch die Expression des Kapsidprotein C wird eine potente antigenspezifische Th1- Antwort und eine cytotoxische T-Zell-Antwort ausgelöst.
1 Vgl. Ackermann, Mathias (Hrsg.): Virus-Handbuch für Veterinärmediziner. 1. Auflage. Zürich 2013, S. 187 2 Vgl. Kramer et. al.: A Global Perspective on the Epidemiology of West Nile Virus. In: Annual Reviews, 2008, S. 71f. 3 Vgl. Diamond et alt.: Innate and Adaptive Immune Responses Determine Protection against Disseminated Infection by West Nile Encephalitis Virus. In: VIRAL IMMUNOLOGY, Volume 16, Number 3, 2003, S. 267-268
Poster 10: Impfstoffe gegen West-Nil-Virus; Anja, Chiara, Perrine, Danko, Laura, Seraina 1 Kreuzreaktive Vakzine: Die Impfung gegen Japanese Encephalitis und Dengue Virus bringt auch gegen WNV 70-100% Schutz vor Virämie und Mortalität. Beim Menschen gilt dieser Schutz nicht.
Attenuierte-Vakzine: Attenuierte WNV-Impfstoffe induzieren sowohl eine humorale wie eine zelluläre Immunantwort (ähnlich wie bei einer natürlichen Infektion). Man entwickelte zwei verschiedene attenuierte Impfstämme: 1. Attenuierter WNV-25 Stamm: Herstellung: Attenuierung der Neuroinvasivität durch serielle Passage durch eine Mosquitozellkultur Eine Impfung mit WNV-25-Impfstoff schützt Gänse gegen letale Dosen einer Infektion mit einem WNV- Isolat. 2. Chimärer WNV-YF – Impfstoff: Herstellung: Einfügen der Strukturgene für prM und prE in einen infektiösen 17D-Impfstoff-Strang gegen das Gelbfiebervirus Nach einmaliger Impfung mit dem chimären WNV-YF Virus produzierte der Impfling neutralisierende Antikörper und Komplement-bindende Antikörper. Geimpfte Hamster waren nach experimenteller Infektion mit einer letalen Dosis des virulenten WNV vollständig geschützt. Nachteile: Attenuierte Impfstoffe dürfen grundsätzlich nicht angewendet werden bei immundefizienten Individuen. Man ist aber dabei, zusätzlich attenuierte Mutationen in das chimäre WNV-YF einzubauen, so dass die Neuroinvasivität und die Neurovirulenz sicher ausgeschaltet sind.
Zugelassene Impfstoffe Weltweit zu Verfügung stehende Impfstoffe4
Vetera® WNV Vakzin − Inaktiviertes West-Nil-Virus Recombitek® − Chimäres rekombinantes Kanarienpockenvakzin − Der Impfstoff exprimiert das prM und das prE Protein (abstammend von einem 1999 New York WNV-Isolat) − Alle geimpften Pferde entwickelten neutralisierende AK gegen WNV und zeigten signifikant weniger klinische WN - Symptome nach einer nachfolgenden Infektion. West Nile-Innovator® DNA − DNA – Impfstoff − enthält Plasmid DNA, welche für prM und prE Protein kodiert
Impfstoffe in der Schweiz Wird in Endemiegebieten empfohlen. Seit neustem (ca. 2012) ein zugelassener Impfstoff für Pferde:
Duvaxyn® WNV Vakzin5 − Inaktiviertes West-Nil-Virus, Stamm VM-2 (Innovator Äquivalent) − Adjuvans: MetaStim™ (SP-Öl) − Indikation: zur aktiven Immunisierung von Pferden ab einem Mindestalter von 6 Monaten oder älter gegen die West Nil-Erkrankung, um die Anzahl virämischer Pferde zu reduzieren. Die Anwendung von Duvaxyn WNV reduziert die Zahl der virämischen Tiere nach einer natürlichen Infektion, kann sie aber nicht systematisch verhindern. − Beginn der Immunität: 3 Wochen nach der Grundimmunisierung Dauer der Immunität: 12 Monate nach der Grundimmunisierung − Besonderes: Nur gesunde Tiere impfen. Es liegen keine Informationen zur Sicherheit und Wirksamkeit der gleichzeitigen Anwendung dieses Impfstoffs mit einem anderen Impfstoff, immunologischen Produkt oder Tierarzneimittel vor.
4 Vgl. Kramer et alt.: Vaccines and Antiviral Treatments, In: Annual Reviews, 2008, S. 72f. 5 Vgl. Institut für Veterinärpharmakologie und -toxikologie: Tierarzneimittelkompendium, Duvaxyn® WNV ad us. vet. http://www.vetpharm.uzh.ch/reloader.htm?tak/00000000/00001710.V AK?inhalt_c.htm, Informationsstand: 06/2011, (Abrufdatum: 06.10.2013)
Poster 10: Impfstoffe gegen West-Nil-Virus; Anja, Chiara, Perrine, Danko, Laura, Seraina 2
11. Antikörper und zelluläre Immunität gegen das West-Nil-Virus
Antikörper
Neutralisierende Antikörper sind wichtig für die Immunantwort, da sie die Ausbreitung einer Flavivirus-Infektion verhindern können. Antikörper können freie Viren neutralisieren, indem sie das Virus spezifisch an ihr Fab-Fragment binden. Dadurch wird das Rezeptorbindungsprotein (hier E) blockiert, was eine Infektion von neuen Zellen verhindert. Das Fab-Fragment kann aber auch an nicht-neutralisierende Epitope von E und prM binden, was jedoch zu einer Konformationsänderung im Fc-Fragment des Antikörpers führt. Diese hat zur Folge, dass natürliche Killerzellen diesen Antikörper via Fc-Rezeptoren binden können, was zur Antikörper-vermittelten zellulären Zytotoxizität (engl. ADCC) führt. Die vom Antikörper markierten Zielzellen werden durch Perforine und Granzyme zerstört, welche in den Granula der natürlichen Killerzellen enthalten sind.1
Die Lyse von infizierten Zellen durch Antikörper wird ebenfalls durch Komplement unterstützt.2 Das Nicht-strukturprotein 1 (NS1) ist ein Cofaktor der Virusreplikation, von dem auch eine von der infizierten Zelle sezernierte Variante existiert, die eine immunmodulierende Wirkung hat, indem sie antagonistisch zum Toll-like-Rezeptor-Signal und zur Komplementaktivierung wirkt. Die sezernierte Variante von NS1 lagert sich wieder auf infizierten Zellen ab und bindet direkt an verschiedene Komponenten des Komplement- Systems, insbesondere an C4. Demzufolge wird C4 zu C4b abgebaut, was zum Erliegen der Komplement-Reaktion führt. Werden Antikörper gegen NS1 gebildet, so können diese natürlich nicht Virus-neutralisierend wirken, da NS1 kein Bestandteil des Virions ist. Sie können jedoch die Komplement-abbauende Wirkung von NS1 "neutralisieren", indem sie die Bindung von NS1 an C4 verhindern, was sich dann wie eine starke Komplement-Aktivierung auswirkt und einen starken, eindämmenden Effekt auf die Virusreplikation hat.3
Von dieser "Neutralisation" ausgeschlossen ist jedoch die intrazelluläre Variante von NS1, welche die TLR3-abhängige Signaltransduktion blockiert, indem es die Translokation des interferon regulatory factor 3 (IRF3) vom Zytoplasma in den Zellkern verhindert.4 Damit kann NS1 immer noch die Interferon beta Antwort der infizierten Zellen unterdrücken, eine Funktion, die von Antikörpern nicht beeinträchtigt werden kann. Allenfalls könnte dies durch Antikörper der Klasse IgA gelingen.
Die an der Immunantwort beteiligten Antikörperklassen sind IgM und IgG. Spezifische IgM erscheinen 4-7 Tage nach der Infektion und kontrollieren somit die frühe Infektion. Sie kön- nen bis zu einem Jahr persistieren. 4-5 Tage nach den ersten Krankheitssymptomen erschei- nen dann IgG, welche wahrscheinlich für einen langanhaltenden Schutz gegen eine Reinfek- tion verantwortlich sind.5
1 vgl. Wikipedia, in: http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Antikörperabhängige_zellvermittelte_Zytotoxizität, 13.10.2013 2 vgl. Diamond et al., 2003 3 vgl. Diamond et al., 2003 4 vgl. De Filette et al., 2012 5 vgl. De Filette et al., 2012
Infektionsimmunologie Teil Virologie P. Schnetzer, S. Maier, L. Fierz, M. Rüegg, N. Studer, N. Butz Zelluläre Immunität
Die zelluläre Immunantwort ist wichtig für die Eliminierung der infizierten Zellen. 7 Zytotoxische T-Zellen (CD8+ T-Zellen) wirken über mehrere Mechanismen einer WNV- Infektion entgegen. Sie produzieren im ZNS antivrale Zytokine, insbesondere Interferon-γ, und induzieren Apoptose der Zielzellen via Perforine und Granzyme, Fas-Fas Ligand oder TRAIL (= tumor necrosis factor-related apoptosis-inducing ligand) abhängiger Weg. Die Zielzellen exprimieren MHC-I, welches mit einem Antigenfragment beladen als Komplex an die Zelloberfläche verlagert wird. Es kommt zur Antigenpräsentation, wodurch die CD8+ T- Zellen die infizierten Neuronen erkennen. Eine überschiessende CD8+ T-Zell-Antwort führt zur Zerstörung von infizierten Neuronen, wobei aber auch gesunde in Mitleidenschaft gezogen werden können. Deshalb kann dieser Schutzmechanismus auch zur Verschlimmerung des Krankheitsgeschehens führen.8
Natürlich sind neben den zytotoxischen T-Zellen auch noch Makrophagen, natürliche Killer- zellen und dendritische Zellen beteiligt, diese gehören jedoch zum innaten Immunsystem, auf welches in der Beantwortung der Frage 12 eingegangen wird. Aus diesem Grund beziehen wir uns nur auf den Teil der adaptiven Immunantwort, der durch die zytotoxischen T-Zellen sowie B-Zellen und Antikörper vermittelt wird.9 10
Fazit
Für eine effektive Immunantwort sind beide Komponenten wichtig, das heisst: Antikörper limitieren die Virämie und die Weiterverbreitung des Virus im Organismus, die vollständige Eliminierung erfolgt aber durch die zelluläre Immunität. Beteiligte Antikörper sind IgM und IgG, welche die Strukturproteine E, zum Teil M und NS1 erkennen. In den dazu durchgeführten Studien wurde gezeigt, dass vor allem spezifische IgM für die frühe effiziente Immunantwort und IgG gegen die Hüllproteine E und prM sowie gegen das nicht-Strukturprotein NS1 für den langanhaltenden Schutz erwünscht sind.
Quellenverzeichnis
• Cho, H., Diamond, M.S., 2012, Immune responses to West Nile virus infection in the central nervous system. Viruses 4, 3812-3830. • De Filette, M., Ulbert, S., Diamond, M., Sanders, N.N., 2012, Recent progress in West Nile virus diagnosis and vaccination. Vet Res 43, 16. • Diamond, M.S., Shrestha, B., Mehlhop, E., Sitati, E., Engle, M., 2003, Innate and adaptive immune responses determine protection against disseminated infection by West Nile encephalitis virus. Viral Immunol 16, 259-278. • Wikipedia (2013), in: http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zelluläre_Immunantwort, 13.10.2013 • Wikipedia (2013), in: http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Antikörperabhängige_zellvermittelte_Zytotoxizität, 13.10.2013
7 vgl. Diamond et al., 2003 8 vgl. Cho and Diamond, 2012 9 vgl. Suter, M. (2011), Immunologie Fibel, Kap. 2.1 10 vgl. Wikipedia, in: http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zelluläre_Immunantwort, 13.10.2013
Infektionsimmunologie Teil Virologie P. Schnetzer, S. Maier, L. Fierz, M. Rüegg, N. Studer, N. Butz
12. Intrinsische und innate Abwehr gegen West-Nil-Virus
Interferone Es werden drei verschiedene Interferone (IFN) unterschieden, die jeweils von verschiedenen Zelltypen gebildet werden. Zu den Typ I IFN gehören das IFN α und IFN β. Das Typ II Interferon umfasst das IFN-γ.
IFN α: gebildet unter anderem von Monozyten als Antwort auf die Erkennung viraler oder bakterieller Nukleinsäure à Aktivierung des JAK-STAT-Signalweg
Funktion der IFN α • aktiviert umliegende Virus-infizierte sowie nicht infizierte Zellen zur Proteinsynthese (antiviraler Status)à Hemmung der Proteinsynthese (also Hemmung der Translation) in infizierten Zellen sowie Abbau viraler und zellulärer RNA • Bildung MHCI & Proteasomen, welche Virus-infizierte Zellen durch T-Lymphozyten leichter angreifbar machen Mathias Ackermann 17.10.13 13:53 Kommentar [1]: Das ist mir neu. Jede Zelle • aktiviert NK-Zellen bildet und präsentiert MHC-I; jede Zelle hat Proteasomen. IFN β: Ich verstehe nicht, was sie damit aussagen wollen. Gibt es allenfalls eine Referenz dazu? gebildet von Virus-infizierten Fibroblasten (Zellen des Bgw) hat ähnliche Wirkung wie das IFN-α
ð die wichtigste Wirkung der TypI IFN ist die der Schutz vor Virusbefall ð IFN I induziert mehrere hundert Gene, deren Produkte zur wirksamen direkten und indirekten Hemmung der Virusreplikation führen. Durch die Ausschüttung von IFN werden zwar die bereits von Viren befallenen Zellen nicht gerettet, aber die Nachbarzellen werden effizient vor Virus-Befall geschützt. (Scriptum Immunologie I des Vetsuisse-Standortes Zürich für das HS 2011, Suter und Jungi)
IFN-γ : wird gebildet von aktivierten T-Zellen und NK-Zellen à aktiviert Makrophagen und stellt das wichtigste TH1-Zytokin dar Typ II IFN führt zur Synthese von proinflammatorischen und antiviralen Molekülen, unter anderem NO, was die Phagozytoseaktivität der Abwehrzellen verstärkt.
ð hauptsächliche Wirkung: Aktivierung von Makrophagen, MHCI und MHCII
Interferon I abhängige Immunreaktion ist essentiell zum Schutz vor einer Flavivirusinfektion. Die dendritischen Langerhanszellen in der Haut sind die ersten Zellen, die IFN als Reaktion auf die Infektion sezernieren.
Knock-out Mäuse welche kein Typ I IFN bilden, hatten eine 100% Mortalität nach WNV Infektion, was die Wichtigkeit von IFN beweist. (Diamond and Gale, 2012)
Komplementsystem Das Komplementsystem kann über den klassischen oder den alternativen Weg aktiviert werden. Beim klassischen Weg wird ein Antikörper-Antigenkomplex durch den Komplementfaktor C1 gebunden und startet die Kaskade. Beim alternativen Weg fungiert der Komplementfaktor C3 als Kaskade-startender Faktor. Es sind Mathias Ackermann 17.10.13 11:35 keine Antikörper nötig für die Aktivierung, sondern das C3 zerfällt spontan zu C3b welches dann Antigene Kommentar [2]: Um welches Antigen könnte es sich bei WNV handeln? binden kann. Dies führt zu:
C5-C9 = Membranangriffs-Komplex à Lysiert behüllte Viruspartikel und infizierte Zellen C3a, C5a= proInflammatorische Peptide à werden durch Komplementaktvitierung synthetisiert à Rekrutierung und Aktivierung von Monozyten und Granulozyten
C3 = proteolytisch à zerstören opsonierte Viruspartikel àerleichtert die AG-Präsentation mittels Makrophagen und Dendritischen Zellen àinduziert die Proliferation von spez. T-Zellen zur AK- Produktion
ð das Komplementsystem trägt einen grossen Beitrag zur Bekämpfung der WNV-Infektion bei Mathias Ackermann 17.10.13 12:54 (Scriptum Immunologie I des Vetsuisse-Standortes Zürich für das HS 2011, Suter und Jungi) Kommentar [3]: Sehr vage und ohne Referenz, im Immunologie-Skript wird wohl kaum auf WNV eingegangen, oder? In den verteilten Unterlagen gibt es sehr konkrete Hinweise dazu, welches WNV Protein im T-Lymphozyten Zusammenhang mit dem Komplementsystem eine zelluläre Immunität ist wichtig für die Ausmerzung von WNV-infizierten Zellen (negative) Rolle spielt. Zytotoxische T-Lymphozyten proliferieren bei Infektion und lysieren Zellen, die auf der Oberfläche AG gebunden haben à dient vor allem der Elimination von Virus-infizierten Zellen & Zellen mit intrazellulären Erregern. Mathias Ackermann 17.10.13 13:57 Kommentar [4]: Hm, bei dieser Wortwahl bin ich etwas anderer Meinung; um welche Zellen und Zudem synthetisieren sie Inflammatorische Cytokine (IL1 und IFNγ). welche Antigene würde es sich denn im Fall von (Scriptum Immunologie I des Vetsuisse-Standortes Zürich für das HS 2011, Suter und Jungi) WNV handeln? Mathias Ackermann 17.10.13 12:51 Kommentar [5]: Damit bin ich einverstanden Natürliche Killerzellen ð sind wichtig in der Bekämpfung von Virus Infektionen. Tiere mit einem NK-Defekt erkranken an schweren viralen Infektionen und sterben früh Sie haben die Fähigkeit, Virus-infizierte Zellen direkt abzutöten sowie inflammatorische Zytokine zu produzieren, damit die Infektion eingedämmt wird. Die Erkennung Virus-infizierter Zellen erfolgt mittels Fcγ-Rezeptor, der die AK-bedeckte Zielzelle erkennt (ACCD). Sie wirken nach einem missing-self Prinzip à Infizierte Zellen werden durch verändertes oder fehlendes MHC I erkannt. D.h. ist auf der Zielzelle kein MHC oder ein falsches MHC, wird der Tötungsprozess Mathias Ackermann 17.10.13 12:58 durch die NK-Zelle nicht inhibiert, was das Abtöten der Zielzelle zur Folge hat. Kommentar [6]: Meinen sie nicht ADCC? Falls ja, welches Protein von WNV wäre involviert? Falls Die NK-Zelle kann dadurch infizierte Zellen enttarnen, welche von T- Zellen nicht erkannt wurde, da sie kein nein, worum handelt es sich? MHC I aufweisen. Mathias Ackermann 17.10.13 12:56 Kommentar [7]: Das ist aber ein anderes Die NK-Zellen sind somit ein wichtiger Bestandteil der innaten Abwehr gegen WNV. Prinzip als ADCC!!! Spielt dieses Prinzip bei WNV Die Zelllyse erfolgt durch Sekretion von cytotoxischen Granula, die Perforin und Granzyme enthalten eine Rolle; falls ja, auf welchem Weg? (Scriptum Immunologie I des Vetsuisse-Standortes Zürich für das HS 2011, Suter und Jungi) Mathias Ackermann 17.10.13 08:58 Kommentar [8]: Wie beeinflusst WNV denn "das Aufweisen" von MHC-I, sodass die Zellen Makrophagen nicht von T-Zellen erkannt werden? Sie nehmen zirkulierende Viruspartikel auf, stimulieren die Zytokinproduktion und stimulieren die AG- Präsentation in B- und T-Zellen von 2° Lymph. Organen. Experimentell konnte gezeigt werden, dass das Fehlen von Makrophagen die Letalität einer WNV-Infektion erhöht. (Diamond and Gale, 2012)
Dendritische Zellen Mathias Ackermann 17.10.13 09:00 Kommentar [9]: Tststs, DAS Virus, nicht "der" Sie gehören zu den mononukleären Phagozyten und dienen der AG-Verarbeitung und -Präsentation. Virus!!!!!!!!! Durch den Stich der Mücke gelangt der Virus in die Haut, wo er von Langerhanszellen aufgenommen und in die Mathias Ackermann 17.10.13 09:01 Lymphknoten transportiert wird. Dort kann eine Vermehrung durch das innate Immunsystem schon in einer Kommentar [10]: Das würde bedeuten, dass frühen Phase verhindert werden. Der Speichel der Mücken kann dabei die wirtseigene Abwehr entscheidend die DC gar nicht Virusprotein präsentieren und beeinflussen. ( Diamond et al., 2003) damit gar keine adaptive Immunantwort einleiten können?????
ð Faz i t : Die innate Immunantwort ist nur der Anfang einer komplexen Immunantwort, die in der Elimination des WNV resultiert. Dabei spielt auch die zellintrinsische Immunantwort eine wichtige Rolle, welche durch bestimmte Gene und deren Produkte, bei der Maus durch Knock-in experimentell erforscht, den Mathias Ackermann 17.10.13 13:01 Wirt vor WNV schützen kann. (Diamond and Gale, 2012) Kommentar [11]: Haben sie diesen Begriff irgendwo gegenüber "innate" abgegrenzt?
Mathias Ackermann 17.10.13 13:00
Kommentar [12]: Sehr vage. Rolle und Potential im Haustier/Mensch bzw. Vektor
Studien (Bertolotti et al., 2007; Amore et al., 2010) haben gezeigt, dass die WNV Population in Vögeln relativ genetisch homogen ist. Daraus kann geschlossen werden, dass es innerhalb des Immunsystems der Vögel eine starke Selektion des WNV gibt. Beim Vektor, (Jerzak et al., 2005; Jerzak et al., 2007) der Culex Mücke, gibt es jedoch eine grosse genetische Variabilität. Das heisst, es muss ein Selektionsfaktor geben, der dies begünstigt. Mathias Ackermann 17.10.13 11:18 Wirbeltiere: Kommentar [13]: Nein, Mutanten entstehen bei jedem Replikationszyklus (fehlerhafte RNA Bei Wirbeltieren ist die erste Immunantwort durch IFN α /β. Im Zytoplasma wird durch die RNA-Helikasen Polymerase); beim Vogel sorgen MDA-5 und RIG-I dsRNA erkannt, was die Signalkaskade auslöst und ein antiviraler Status der Zelle induziert. Selektionsfaktoren dafür (u.a. das Immunsystem), dass nur wenige Varianten tatsächlich eines Dies fördert das Virus besonders schnell in seiner Replikation und selektioniert den fittesten Genotyp des persistierende Infektion verursachen können. Virus. Bei der Mücke FEHLEN diese Selektionsfaktoren offensichtlich, was automatisch zu einer grossen genetischen Variabilität führt. Insekten: Mathias Ackermann 17.10.13 11:22 Auch hier ist der Trigger die dsRNA im Cytosol, wobei die Antwort der Insekten durch RNA-Interference erfolgt. Kommentar [14]: Nein, der antivirale Status Dabei werden Virus stämmige small interfering RNA (viRNA) vom RNA-induced-silencing-complex (RISC) "fördert" überhaupt kein Virus in seiner gebunden und die entsprechende Gene ausgeknockt. Es ist also eine sequenzspezifische Bindung von viralen Replikation. Hingegen wären unter diesen RNAs. Gegebenheiten Viren im Vorteil, die ihre Replikation abgeschlossen haben, bevor der Mit diesem System werden die allermeisten Genotypen spezifisch ausgeschaltet. Der Nachteil an dieser antivirale Status aufgebaut ist. In der Selektion Methode ist, dass seltene Mutanten nicht im Repertoir der RNAi sind und somit einen starken Selektionsvorteil werden demzufolge "langsame" Viren eliminiert, während "schnelle" Viren sich vermehren können haben. Die zelleigenen RNAi binden die virale RNA im RISC und hindern diese somit an der Translation. (Ding, und somit die Selektion überstehen. 2010) Mathias Ackermann 17.10.13 11:24 Kommentar [15]: Ihre Kollegen vom Poster 1 erklären, WNV sei ein EINZELSTRÄNGIGES RNA Fazit: Die Mücken bilden die Grundlage für immer neue verschieden Genotypen und sorgen dafür, dass immer Virus. Wie soll denn eine doppelsträngige RNA hier eine Rolle spielen? (Fangfrage!) neue Viruslinien gebildet werden, während bei den Wirbeltieren, beziehungsweise hauptsächlich den Vögeln, Mathias Ackermann 17.10.13 13:04 die verschiedenen WNV-Genotypen nach ihrer biologischen Fitness selektioniert werden. Kommentar [16]: Diese Aussage würde aber dagegen sprechen, dass in den Mücken eine "grosse genetische Variabilität" herrscht. Rolle in der Immunität und in der Pathogenese?
Nichtstrukturproteine des WNV sind involviert in der RNA-Replikation und in der Modulation der Immunantwort der Wirtszelle. NS2a ist ein kleines, hydrophobes Transmembranprotein, das einen Teil des Replikationskomplexes darstellt und zur Inhibierung der Interferon-Induktion dient Ü IFNβ Produktion wird inhibiert (Role of Nonstructural Protein NS2A in Flavivirus Assembly †; Jason Y. Leung1) Mathias Ackermann 17.10.13 13:27 Kommentar [17]: Was heisst hier "aktivieren"? IRF3 wird konstitutiv synthetisiert, verbleibt aber Viele Viren aktivieren ein IRF3 (Interferon-Regulatorischer Faktor 3) um den antiviralen Status der Zelle und die im inaktiven Zustand im Zytoplasma. Bei der IFN α/β Produktion zu unterdrücken. Stimulierung des TLR-Signalweges wird es phosphoryliert und in den Zellkern verbracht, wo es die Expression verschiedener Interferone Beim WNV jedoch fällt diese Stimulation des IRF3 erst relativ spät aus (12-116h pi). Das erlaubt dem WNV auf erhöht. einem hohen Level zu replizieren was jedoch die Induktion von IFN α/β induziert. Dies bringt folgende Vorteile: Für mich wäre diese Phosphorylierung eine I) WNV kann sich schnell in nicht-Infizierte benachbarte Zellen ausbreiten, indem der parakrine "Aktivierung" von IRF3; wenn ich ein Virus wäre und die Interferon-Expression verhindern wollte, antivirale Effekt von IFN α/β überholt wird dann würde ich versuchen IRF3 im inaktiven II) durch Akkumulation von viralen Proteinen kann die JAK/STAT –Aktivierung gehemmt werden Zustand zu erhalten. Ich interpretiere offensichtlich Fig. 1 aus Diamond & Gale 2012 ganz anders als ihr. Ein weiterer Mechanismus des WNV, die Immunabwehr des Wirtes zu umgehen, ist die Möglichkeit, dass es erst spät vom PRR erkannt wird bzw. sich erst spät zu erkennen gibt. (How Flaviviruses Activate and Suppress the Interferon Response; Jorge L. Muñoz-Jordán)
Überwinden der Blut-Hirn-Schranke: Wie genau das WNV Ins ZNS gelangt, beziehungsweise wie es die Blut-Hirn-Schranke (BHS) überwindet, ist nicht vollständig geklärt, es existieren mehrere Theorien. Eine davon ist beispielsweise, dass TNF α (welches Mathias Ackermann 17.10.13 11:30 vor allem von Makrophagen sezerniert wird) die thight junctions der BHS so verändert, dass die Permeabilität Kommentar [18]: ... infolgedessen ist die Neutralisation der Viren im Blutstrom durch für das Virus erhöht wird. Antikörper ein wesentlicher Schutzfaktor. Wenn (Cho and Diamond, 2012) kein Virus über das Blut angeliefert wird, kann es auch nicht die BHS überwinden. Referenzen Mathias Ackermann 21.10.13 10:48 Kommentar [19]: Es fehlt die Liste der zitierten Literatur. ANRV330-EN53-04 ARI 2 November 2007 15:18
A Global Perspective on the Epidemiology of West Nile Virus
Laura D. Kramer,1,2 Linda M. Styer,1 and Gregory D. Ebel3
1The Arbovirus Laboratories, Wadsworth Center, New York State Department of Health, Slingerlands, New York 12159; email: [email protected] 2Department of Biomedical Sciences, School of Public Health, State University of New York, Albany, New York 12201 3Department of Pathology, University of New Mexico School of Medicine, Albuquerque, New Mexico 87131; email: [email protected]
Annu. Rev. Entomol. 2008. 53:61–81 Key Words Annu. Rev. Entomol. 2008.53:61-81. Downloaded from www.annualreviews.org by Universitat Zurich- Hauptbibliothek Irchel on 09/30/13. For personal use only. First published online as a Review in Advance on Culex, emerging virus, flavivirus, vector-borne, zoonosis July 23, 2007
The Annual Review of Entomology is online at Abstract ento.annualreviews.org West Nile virus (WNV) (Flavivirus: Flaviviridae) is the most This article’s doi: widespread arbovirus in the world. A significant range expansion 10.1146/annurev.ento.53.103106.093258 occurred beginning in 1999 when the virus was introduced into Copyright c 2008 by Annual Reviews. New York City. This review highlights recent research into WNV All rights reserved epizootiology and epidemiology, including recent advances in un- 0066-4170/08/0107-0061$20.00 derstanding of the host-virus interaction at the molecular, organis- mal, and ecological levels. Vector control strategies, vaccines, and antivirals, which now must be considered on a global scale, are also discussed.
61 ANRV330-EN53-04 ARI 2 November 2007 15:18
THE VIRUS a host-derived lipid bilayer bearing dimers of the viral envelope protein and the mem- Classification brane protein. Thus, the antigenic, genetic, WNV: West Nile virus West Nile virus (WNV) is a member of and three-dimensional structure of WNV and its constituent proteins are similar to several Flavivirus: genus of the Flavivirus genus of the family Flaviviri- other flaviviruses and form the basis for its predominantly dae, which contains approximately 70 mem- zoonotic bers, most of which are transmitted either by classification (91). positive-sense RNA mosquitoes or ticks (20). WNV is classified viruses Host Response to Infection approximately 11 kb within the Japanese Encephalitis serological in length complex on the basis of cross-neutralization Host cells possess a wide array of antiviral (20) and molecular genetic (71) studies. Re- mechanisms that interfere with virus replica- cent studies have extensively characterized tion (see References 16, 17, 21, and 146). Elu- the structures of intact WNV virions by cidating these mechanisms and understand- cryo-electron microscopy (Figure 1) (90) and ing how WNV subverts them are areas of found them to be similar to the structures intense research because the findings may lead of other flaviviruses (38, 151). The WNV to a better understanding of pathogenesis and virion, like that of other flaviviruses, is en- consequently the development of novel inter- veloped, spherical, approximately 40–60 nm ventions. Arboviruses, including WNV, are in diameter, with an electron-dense core (90). of particular interest because they rely on Mature virions contain a single copy of the taxonomically diverse hosts (e.g., mosquitoes viral RNA packaged within an icosahedral and birds) for perpetuation in nature. These capsid formed by the capsid protein. The hosts differ markedly in their response to genome-containing capsid is surrounded by WNV infection. Ongoing research is leading
a b E and M
5 Lipid bilayer
3 3 Core Annu. Rev. Entomol. 2008.53:61-81. Downloaded from www.annualreviews.org by Universitat Zurich- Hauptbibliothek Irchel on 09/30/13. For personal use only. c 5'UTR 3'UTR
prM EC NS12A 2BNS3 4A 4B NS5 Structural Nonstructural
Figure 1 (a, b) West Nile virion and genome. WNV structure as reconstructed by cryo-electron microscopy. (a)A surface-shaded view with one asymmetric unit of the icosahedron indicated by the triangle. (b) Central section of the reconstruction showing the concentric layers of mass density. Reproduced from Reference 90. Reprinted with permission from AAAS. (c) WNV genome, a single-stranded positive-sense RNA, approximately 11 kb in length consisting of a 5 untranslated region (UTR), a single long open-reading frame, and a 3 UTR. The open-reading frame encodes three structural and seven nonstructural proteins.
62 Kramer · Styer · Ebel ANRV330-EN53-04 ARI 2 November 2007 15:18
to a clearer understanding of the mechanisms Bucharest, Romania, 1996–1997, led to more for the invertebrate innate response to infec- than 500 clinical cases with a case-fatality rate tion, and it is hoped that they will someday of nearly 10% (141). This was the largest out- Neurological be manipulated to influence arbovirus trans- break of arboviral illness in Europe since Sind- disease (ND): a mission dynamics. The best-characterized in- bis virus (Alphavirus: Togaviridae) caused an clinical condition nate antiviral mechanisms in arthropods and epidemic in northern Europe in the 1980s. that may include arthropod cells are RNA interference path- Between 1996 and 1999, three major WNV meningitis and/or ways. These pathways are active in several epidemics occurred in southern Romania, the encephalitis that follows invasion of mosquito species (98, 121) and can be manip- Volga delta in southern Russia, and the north- the central nervous ulated to render mosquitoes less susceptible eastern United States, all of which involved system by a to arbovirus infection (40, 60). Although no hundreds of cases of severe ND and fatal in- microorganism published work yet addresses the WNV sys- fections. These were the first epidemics re- tem using relevant mosquitoes (i.e., Culex)or ported in large urban populations. In 2000 in their cells as hosts, much of the existing lit- Israel, a country-wide outbreak occurred with erature derived from other mosquito species a case fatality rate of 8.4% (145), and ND was should be applicable to the WNV-mosquito observed in Russia in 2001 (150) and Tunisia interaction. Sequencing of the Culex quinque- in 2003 (2). A comprehensive review of the fasciatus genome (VectorBase) will allow these history of WNV in Europe is presented by studies to proceed rapidly. Hubalek & Halouzka (49). The current epizootic/epidemic of WNV in North America appears to be the re- EPIDEMIOLOGY AND ECOLOGY sult of a single point introduction into the New York City area in 1999 (31, 73) fol- Geographic Distribution and lowed by a dramatic range expansion that Outbreaks currently encompasses the contiguous United WNV is currently the most widely distributed States, Canada, Mexico, Central America, the arbovirus in the world, occurring on all conti- Caribbean, and South America (14, 48, 67, nents except Antarctica. The virus was first 87). The southward spread of WNV in the isolated from a febrile woman in Uganda Western Hemisphere has been described well in 1937 (129) and subsequently was associ- by Komar & Clark (67) among others, and ated with sporadic cases of disease as well although extensive, the spread has not been as major outbreaks in Africa, Eurasia, Aus- accompanied by notable avian mortality or tralia, and the Middle East. Serosurveys of disease in humans or horses. This disease humans and equines and entomological stud- was previously unrecognized in the West- ies during the 1950s in Egypt and the up- ern Hemisphere and since 1999 has caused Annu. Rev. Entomol. 2008.53:61-81. Downloaded from www.annualreviews.org by Universitat Zurich- Hauptbibliothek Irchel on 09/30/13. For personal use only. per Nile delta (124, 137) led to great ad- 9843 cases of WN ND (962 deaths) and vances in understanding the ecology of the 13,489 cases of fever in the United States virus (46). Epidemics documented prior to [Centers for Disease Control and Preven- 1996 generally involved hundreds to thou- tion (CDC); Table 1]. In 1999, recognition sands of cases in mostly rural populations, of human cases was presaged by weeks by with few cases of severe neurological disease reports of dead exotic and domestic birds (ND) (47). However, beginning in the 1990s, in the New York City area (134). WN dis- outbreaks began to occur more frequently, ease also has been noted in humans in Cuba especially in the Mediterranean Basin, and (107) and the Cayman Islands (67) and in were associated with increased numbers of equines in Argentina (87), but scant evidence cases with severe disease including viral en- of human and equine morbidity and mortality cephalitis and neurological symptoms (80). has been observed in tropical America, pos- An outbreak of West Nile fever in and near sibly because of cross-protection from other
www.annualreviews.org • Epidemiology of WNV 63 ANRV330-EN53-04 ARI 2 November 2007 15:18
Table 1 Year and symptomatic classification of WN disease casesa Neurological West Nile Unspecified Year Diseaseb Fever symptoms Total Deaths 1999 59 3 0 62 7 2000 19 2 0 21 2 2001 64 2 0 66 9 2002 2,946 1,160 50 4,156 284 2003 2,860 6,830 166 9,862 264 2004 1,142 1,269 128 2,539 100 2005 1,294 1,607 99 3,000 119 2006 1,459 2,616 194 4,269 177 Total 9,843 13,489 637 23,975 962
aData taken from CDC, as of March 6, 2007. bIncludes encephalitis and meningitis.
flaviviruses circulating in tropical regions, mission. Two major WNV lineages exist reduced virulence of WNV in the tropics (15), (Figure 2), with Lineage 1 distributed world- or less-competent arthropod and avian hosts wide and Lineage 2 occurring mainly in sub- Genotype: genetic makeup of a virus than in temperate regions in concert with the Saharan Africa (72). Recognized subclades that codes for the greater diversity of host species in the tropics. of Lineage I occur in Australia (Lineage 1b, phenotype of that Similarly, there have been no overt cases in the Kunjin virus) and in India (Lineage 1c) (72). strain United Kingdom, even with evidence of sero- Recently, strains isolated in central Europe logical conversions in sentinel chickens (19). and Russia were tentatively classified as new However, since the year 2000, after at least lineages of WNV (7, 78), but their taxonomic 35 years without disease, WNV has been de- status is currently unclear. tected regularly in neighboring France in the The introduction of WNV into North Camargue region with high levels of morbid- America in 1999 provided a unique opportu- ity in equines (8). The lack of human cases nity to prospectively observe the evolution of in northern Europe, compared to southern a novel agent in a naıve¨ environment. The Europe, may possibly be attributed to the virus introduced in 1999 was most closely re- feeding behavior of the predominant vector, lated to a strain isolated in Israel a year ear- Culex pipiens (which feeds either on humans, lier (73). Strains collected in New York in form molestus Forskal˚ 1775, or on birds, form 2000 were genetically homogeneous (31), and pipiens Linnaeus 1758, representing two dis- strains collected in Texasin 2002 were similar Annu. Rev. Entomol. 2008.53:61-81. Downloaded from www.annualreviews.org by Universitat Zurich- Hauptbibliothek Irchel on 09/30/13. For personal use only. tinct populations in northern Europe without to strains collected previously in the United hybridization, as occurs in southern Europe States (10). These studies seemed to confirm and the United States) (39; see below), as well the relative genetic stasis of arthropod-borne as other factors, especially climate. populations, but contrary evidence began to emerge when mouse-attenuated, genetically distinct WNV strains were collected in south- Molecular Epidemiology east coastal Texasin 2003 (27). Shortly there- In recent years substantial effort has been after, it was recognized that a dominant devoted to understanding the molecular genotype distinct from the introduced 1999 epidemiology of WNV in order to pro- genotype had arisen, which over the course vide a more detailed understanding of virus of three years displaced the introduced geno- spread, population dynamics, viral determi- type (28, 30, 130). This new genotype, vari- nants of pathogenesis, and mosquito trans- ously denoted the North American or WN02
64 Kramer · Styer · Ebel ANRV330-EN53-04 ARI 2 November 2007 15:18
WN-Romania 1996 H WN-Romania 1996 WN-South Africa WN-Israel 1952 WN-Egypt 1951 WN-France 1965 Distance WN-Senegal 1979 0.045 WN-Algeria 1968 WN-New York 1999 WN-Israel 1998 WN-C.Afr.Rep. 1989 WN-Italy 1998 91 WN-Morocco 1996 97 WN-Romania 1996 M WN-Kenya 1993 Lineage 1 WN-Senegal 1993 WN-C.Afr.Rep. 1967 WN-IvoryCoast 1981 Kunjin 1994 Kunjin 1966 Figure 2 Kunjin 1973 Phylogenetic tree Kunjin 1960 based on Kunjin 1984b E-glycoprotein Kunjin 1991 nucleic acid sequence Kunjin 1984a data (255 base pairs), WN-India 1955a as discussed in Reference 73, WN-India 1955b constructed using WN-India 1980 MEGA by WN-India 1958 neighbor-joining WN-Madagascar 1978 with Kimura two-parameter WN-Madagascar 1988 distance (scale bar). WN-Kenya Bootstrap confidence WN-Madagascar 1986 level (500 replicates) WN-Uganda 1959 and a confidence
Annu. Rev. Entomol. 2008.53:61-81. Downloaded from www.annualreviews.org probability value by Universitat Zurich- Hauptbibliothek Irchel on 09/30/13. For personal use only. WN-WN-C.Afr.Rep. 1972a Lineage 2 based on the WN-WN-C.Afr.Rep. 1983 standard error test WN-WN-C.Afr.Rep. 1972b were calculated using WN-Nigeria MEGA. Reproduced WN-Uganda from Reference 73. Reprinted with WN-Senegal 1990 permission from JE SA 14 AAAS.
genotype, is now the only WNV genotype lope protein-coding-region sequences further recognized in the United States. Its domi- indicated the disappearance of the intro- nance appears to be related to increased trans- duced genotype and suggested that the now- mission efficiency in Culex spp. mosquitoes dominant genotype has reached peak preva- (30, 89). Recent analyses of 156 enve- lence in North America (130).
www.annualreviews.org • Epidemiology of WNV 65 ANRV330-EN53-04 ARI 2 November 2007 15:18
Bertolotti et al. (13) used sequence data to United States has rarely been observed ei- demonstrate that WNV is not constrained ge- ther in the Old World or in tropical America. ographically, a finding concordant with the Possible explanations include those discussed Purifying selection: selection against virus’s rapid geographic spread across the above and differences in avian populations nonsynonymous United States. Substitution rates estimated such as historical exposure of the birds to nucleotide for WNV range from 2.97 × 10−4 (130) to WNV or related flaviviruses. Whatever the substitutions 8.5 × 10−4 (13) per year, similar to estimates underlying causes of the increased avian mor- Nonsynonymous for other flaviviruses (144, 149). WNV pop- tality from WNV in the United States, it substitutions: ulations are dominated by strong purifying likely increases the intensity of transmission nucleotide selection, with nonsynonymous substitutions (i.e., R ) in the enzootic cycle partly by re- substitutions in the o genome resulting in rapidly removed from sequences relative to moving individuals who would have become amino acid synonymous substitutions (54). Finally, WNV immune. This increase in enzootic Ro might replacements populations appear to be structured as quasi- be expected to result in more human infec- Synonymous species in nature, with infection of mosquitoes tions. Third, conventional wisdom suggests substitutions: leading to greater genetic diversity than bird that only birds contribute to enzootic per- nucleotide infection and to some amount of genetic di- petuation of WNV. Evidence is accumulating substitutions in the versity shared between hosts (54, 55). that some mammals and reptiles may in fact genome that do not result in amino acid be competent amplification hosts for WNV. replacements Squirrels, for example, mount viremias suffi- Enzootic cycle: TRANSMISSION CYCLE ciently high to infect at least a low propor- continual tion of mosquitoes (116). Alligators farmed Enzootic Cycle transmission under conditions of high temperatures in a between zoonotic Throughout its worldwide distribution, crowded environment demonstrated signifi- host and arthropod WNV is maintained in nature in an enzootic cant morbidity (53) and mortality (84), and vector (enzootic vector) that leads to cycle between ornithophilic mosquitoes, pre- following experimental infection they demon- 5 −1 amplification of virus dominantly Culex (Culex) species, and birds. strated high levels of viremia, >10 pfu ml , Approximately 59 species of mosquitoes that could infect Say 1823 Ro: The basic C. quinquefasciatus reproductive rate of and 284 species of birds (48) have been (65). However, the virus may have been trans- a pathogen found infected in North America. Therefore, mitted directly between animals under these Bridge vector: an WNV is apparently an ecological generalist crowded conditions via cloacal shedding. Fi- arthropod, most compared to other arboviruses that are more nally, the importance of the experimental ob- commonly a limited in the range of vectors and vertebrates servation of cofeeding transmission, wherein a mosquito, that that they infect. This generalization has likely low proportion of uninfected mosquitoes be- carries virus from the amplification cycle to contributed to the broad geographic distri- comes infected following feeding in temporal secondary hosts bution of the virus and the human and animal and spatial proximity to infected mosquitoes, Annu. Rev. Entomol. 2008.53:61-81. Downloaded from www.annualreviews.org by Universitat Zurich- Hauptbibliothek Irchel on 09/30/13. For personal use only. disease it causes (Figure 3). is unknown in nature (82, 114). Additional Several important questions remain to studies are required to understand whether be answered regarding the dynamics of the the generalist nature of the vector and ver- WNV transmission cycle. First, the impor- tebrate host ranges that seems to be a hall- tance of corvids in the amplification cycle is mark of WNV infection is indeed critical for unresolved. Human cases have been associ- its perpetuation. ated with clusters of dead American crows in California (112) and New York(33), but blood meal analyses of engorged mosquitoes do not Bridge Vectors and Alternative indicate strong evidence of feeding on crows; Transmission Mechanisms instead other birds seem to be more impor- Bridge vectors (distinct from enzootic vec- tant hosts (5, 61). Second, it remains unclear tor species) are typically involved for signif- why the high avian mortality observed in the icant numbers of humans to become infected
66 Kramer · Styer · Ebel ANRV330-EN53-04 ARI 2 November 2007 15:18
Enzootic cycle Fecal-oral Epidemic
Blood transfusion Organ transplantation Vertical Breast milk transmission Intrauterine
Other vectors Epizootic
Persistence Death Immunity Cofeeding transmission? ?
Carrion Infectious viremia?
Figure 3 WNV transmission cycle. Primary enzootic amplification by birds and mosquitoes may be supplemented by bird-to-bird transmission, amplification in nonavian hosts, and transmission between cofeeding mosquitoes. Alternative vectors most likely have a less important role. Persistent infection in vertebrates may allow subsequent infection in susceptible scavengers, predators, or mosquitoes. Vertical transmission by mosquitoes provides one mechanism of virus overwintering. Equines and humans are incidental hosts; however, human-to-human transmission may occur through blood transfusion, organ transplantation, breast milk, or in utero. Solid arrows represent confirmed transmission pathways; dotted arrows represent proposed pathways that have not been confirmed in nature.
with zoonotic arboviruses such as WNV. Sev- late in the summer (i.e., in August and later eral recent observations, however, have chal- months) feed indiscriminately on either birds lenged this view. Population density and host or mammals (131, 133). C. pipiens may there- feeding studies (63, 64) and genetic anal- fore be involved in early-season amplification yses (39) have implicated C. pipiens as po- of WNV in enzootic cycles and serve as bridge Annu. Rev. Entomol. 2008.53:61-81. Downloaded from www.annualreviews.org by Universitat Zurich- Hauptbibliothek Irchel on 09/30/13. For personal use only. tentially the most important bridge vector vectors when autogenous-anautogenous hy- in the northeastern, northcentral, and mid- brids become abundant (63, 133).Recent stud- Atlantic United States, as well as in eastern ies, however, saw no difference in the pro- Europe (123) and Russia (41). C. pipiens pos- portion of mosquitoes with molestus genetic sesses atypical feeding patterns and the occur- signature during the transmission season in rence of two behaviorally and physiologically Washington D.C., but C. pipiens that fed on different forms, autogenous (C. pipiens form humans were more likely to have a moles- molestus) and anautogenous (C. pipiens form tus signature than C. pipiens that fed on birds pipiens) populations (131, 132). Pioneering (62). Population biology and feeding behav- studies by Spielman (133) hypothesized that ior of C. pipiens and WNV epidemiology are autogenous populations almost never feed on thereby linked. The importance of these fac- blood, anautogenous populations feed exclu- tors influencing WNV transmission was re- sively on birds, and hybrid offspring emerging cently demonstrated by a series of field studies
www.annualreviews.org • Epidemiology of WNV 67 ANRV330-EN53-04 ARI 2 November 2007 15:18
showing a strong temporal association be- vary in their ability to be vectored by arthro- tween shifts in C. pipiens feeding behavior pods (30) and to cause disease in animal mod- from a strong to a weak focus on American els (15, 74). Other intrinsic factors that may Vector competence: the robins and an increase in human cases (64). influence WNV epidemiology in a more pow- ability of an Two other significant enzootic vectors in the erful way include mosquito feeding behavior arthropod to become United States, C. tarsalis and C. nigripalpus, and longevity (135), which are extensively re- infected with and also may be important bridge vectors because viewed elsewhere (69). Extrinsic factors such transmit a pathogen they too switch feeding from birds to humans as temperature and rainfall patterns (35) and (32, 138), and the enzootic vectors C. quin- the density of susceptible host populations are quefasciatus and C. salinarius feed broadly on also important in determining the intensity of both avian and mammalian hosts, including WNV transmission (69). An integrated un- humans (5, 96). Bernard & Kramer (12) dis- derstanding of how extrinsic and intrinsic fac- cuss the wide array of other mosquito species tors interweave to produce WNV epidemics that may also serve as bridge vectors facilitat- requires further field- and laboratory-based ing extension of the cycle that leads to human studies. Such an understanding is a prerequi- and equine disease. Many of the secondary site for developing rational control strategies. species may be incidental vectors of little epi- demiologic significance. Further research is required to determine the importance of non- LONG-TERM PERPETUATION Culex mosquitoes in the ecology and epidemi- AND SPREAD ology of WNV in North America. Re-introduction The role of nonmosquito vectors in WNV epizootiology continues to be explored. Ex- Circulation of WNV in Europe and Africa perimental transmission has been demon- occurred sporadically with limited outbreaks strated with soft ticks (1, 51), but not with until activity began to increase in 1996, partic- ixodid ticks (75). WNV has been isolated ularly in the Mediterranean basin, as has been from soft (argasid) ticks in Israel (92) and reviewed thoroughly in other papers (24, 150). hippoboscid flies in the United States (37). For example, the virus reappeared in south- Owing to the relative infrequency of these eastern France, in the Camargue district, in isolations and robust WNV-mosquito inter- 2000 after 35 years with no evidence of overt actions, these other arthropod vectors seem activity and low seroprevalence in humans and unlikely to play a critical role. There also equines (6, 24, 93). Western Mediterranean is strong evidence for nonvector routes of wetlands such as the Camargue attract birds transmission, as with bird-to-bird transmis- from central Asia, Siberia, northern and east- sion through the fecal-oral route and through ern Europe, western Africa, and the Mediter- Annu. Rev. Entomol. 2008.53:61-81. Downloaded from www.annualreviews.org by Universitat Zurich- Hauptbibliothek Irchel on 09/30/13. For personal use only. consumption of infected carrion (68). Hu- ranean basin, and numerous birds of vari- mans have become infected through blood ous species are seasonally aggregated in these transfusion, organ transplantation, and other habitats (56). Migratory birds are important novel routes (70). in spreading virus, as with the introduction of WNV into Israel (79) leading to multiple genotypes circulating concurrently, and into Other Factors Slovakia (36). Birds also have been proposed Intrinsic factors influence the epidemiology of to be the agents of long-distance movement WNV. Detailed experiments have established of WNV in the Western Hemisphere (101, that vertebrates vary in their morbidity, mor- 109), while mosquitoes and dispersing birds tality, and host competence (68, 95, 115) and may move the virus locally (108). A better that mosquito species differ in vector compe- understanding of avian migratory routes is tence (42, 122, 142) for WNV. Viral strains needed to verify models and simulations of
68 Kramer · Styer · Ebel ANRV330-EN53-04 ARI 2 November 2007 15:18
viral movement; however, it is probable that come infected through vertical transmission, they play a critical role in determining the dy- and they must survive the winter infected namics of the spread of this virus. An alter- with virus. However, others believe diapaus- Vertical native mechanism of virus spread is through ing Culex spp. may host-seek in nature (34) transmission: dispersal from an endemic area via migrant in- and would therefore survive the winter after transmission of virus fected mosquitoes. This mechanism of virus potentially having taken an infectious blood from a parental spread has been reviewed thoroughly (69). meal. female mosquito to Virus also might perpetuate in an enzootic its progeny without infection of the focus over time through persistent infection germline cells Maintenance within an Enzootic in birds, as has been demonstrated experi- Focus mentally in diverse tissues of various avian There are several potential mechanisms of species (68, 113). No studies to date have WNV perpetuation within an enzootic fo- demonstrated infection of mosquitoes fol- cus in habitats conducive to virus transmis- lowing feeding on vertebrates with persis- sion where mosquitoes and birds live closely tent infection; however, ingestion of persis- together. They include low-level continu- tently infected carrion by susceptible hosts ous enzootic transmission, vertical transmis- may present an alternative mode of transmis- sion by mosquito vector(s), and chronic in- sion. The relative importance of persistence fection in birds. From 2000 to 2004 in the of WNV in vertebrates (139) needs further Camargue, most likely owing to local per- study. petuation, equine epizootics occurred accom- panied by human cases and sentinel bird se- roconversion. WNV has been isolated from STRATEGIES FOR CONTROL field-collected larvae and/or male C. univitta- AND TREATMENT tus mosquitoes in Kenya (83) and from larvae Vector Control (103) or diapausing adults in the United States (3, 94), among others. This discovery has Surveillance efforts have focused on mos- led to the belief that vertical transmission of quitoes, dead birds, and sentinel chickens. WNV from parent to progeny plays a sig- WNV-infected mosquito pools were the most nificant role in the virus’s perpetuation. Fla- accurate indicator of human cases when viviruses appear to enter the fully formed egg mosquito and avian surveillance approaches through the micropyle at the time of fertiliza- were compared in one study (18). Significantly tion (117). This is an inefficient mechanism higher C. quinquefasciatus infection rates and of vertical transmission, yet it does permit the incidence of human cases were found in prox- infection of progeny following a single mater- imity to clusters of dead crows in another Annu. Rev. Entomol. 2008.53:61-81. Downloaded from www.annualreviews.org by Universitat Zurich- Hauptbibliothek Irchel on 09/30/13. For personal use only. nal blood meal. Laboratory studies also have study (112). Because avian mortality is a pas- successfully demonstrated vertical transmis- sive surveillance tool that depends on pub- sion of WNV by C. tritaeniorhynchus, Aedes lic reporting, the effectiveness of this strategy albopictus, A. aegypti (9), C. pipiens (143), and may decrease over time. C. tarsalis (43); however, most of these studies Because of the large impact of WNV on used intrathoracic inoculation as the means human and animal health, it is critical to de- of infection. It remains unclear whether the velop effective methods to limit WNV trans- low vertical transmission rates observed with mission and prevent and/or treat WN disease. WNV are sufficient to allow virus to survive Currently, control measures to curtail WNV winter in temperate environments. Temper- transmission include reducing mosquito vec- ate Culex spp. enter diapause to survive winter tor populations and limiting exposure to conditions without having taken a blood meal mosquito bites with protective clothing and (85); therefore overwintering adults must be- repellents. Vector control agencies often use
www.annualreviews.org • Epidemiology of WNV 69 ANRV330-EN53-04 ARI 2 November 2007 15:18
a combination of approaches (mosquito pop- ceeded risks from exposure to mosquito insec- ulation monitoring, mosquito source reduc- ticides when compared using a risk assessment tion, larvicide and adulticide application, and (102). However, this analysis did not consider public education) to reduce mosquito popula- the effectiveness of mosquito insecticides at tions. In 2002, a program relying on surveil- reducing WN disease (i.e., a risk-benefit anal- lance and larvicide and adulticide applications ysis of insecticide use), and thus the benefits was implemented in St. Tammany Parish, of spraying may be overestimated (125). Af- Louisiana, resulting in reductions in mosquito ter widespread aerial spraying of pyrethrin populations below the five-year average and a insecticides around Sacramento, California, subsequent drop in new human WNV cases for WNV control, water and sediment sam- (99). ples were taken from nearby creeks and tested Monitoring the effectiveness of mosquito for insecticide residues and toxicity. No toxi- control programs and targeting control efforts city was detected from the active ingredient, to high-risk areas and peak mosquito activity pyrethrin; however, the synergist, piperonyl periods are critical to maximize benefits. Fol- butoxide, reacted with preexisting pyrethroids lowing the Florida hurricanes in 2004, aerial in the sediment and caused a twofold increase spraying of adulticides reduced the number of in toxicity (147). mosquitoes caught in CDC-type light traps Because of increased resistance of by 67.7% (128). On the other hand, there was mosquito populations to conventional no difference in Culex abundance at three sub- control agents, there have been renewed urban sites in Massachusetts following a sin- efforts to develop novel biopesticides. A gle application of resmethrin from vehicle- recombinant bacterial strain expressing the mounted ultra-low volume generators; this toxins of Bacillus thuringiensis israelensis and lack of control was not due to insecticide re- B. sphaericus was 20-fold-more toxic than sistance of the target population (111). Host- either of the parental strains and less likely seeking and oviposition behaviors for Culex to induce resistance in target populations mosquitoes in the northeastern United States (100). Mosquito baculoviruses, such as C. peaked approximately two hours after sunset; nigripalpus nucleopolyhedrovirus, are highly aerial application of insecticides during this virulent for certain mosquito species and time of increased flight activity is likely to im- could be developed as biopesticides (11). Ad- prove control outcomes (110). Several GIS- ditionally, recent demonstrations of Anopheles based spatial models of WNV transmission mosquito control using entomopathogenic have been developed (23, 118, 136). These fungi suggest that this technique could be a models use a variety of predictor variables, viable strategy for future control of WNV including temperature, rainfall, vegetation, vectors (57). Annu. Rev. Entomol. 2008.53:61-81. Downloaded from www.annualreviews.org by Universitat Zurich- Hauptbibliothek Irchel on 09/30/13. For personal use only. landscape, and geographic data, to predict lo- New strategies to control mosquito pop- cations of high WNV transmission risk. This ulations have been proposed. Field trials of type of information is useful for targeting a mass-trapping strategy that used mosquito mosquito control efforts, locating trapping traps with a combination of attractants (heat,
sites for surveillance, and focusing prevention CO2, octenol) demonstrated good levels of efforts. mosquito control on islands or when one Concerns have been raised regarding the species is dominant in an area (66). Mass- health and environmental effects of pesti- trapping may become a more viable strat- cides used to control WNV epidemics. After egy as knowledge of mosquito attractants im- widespread pyrethroid spraying in New York proves. Relatively simple strategies, such as City in 2000, there was no population-level using floating layers of polystyrene beads to increase in emergency department visits for obstruct the water surface, can result in suffo- asthma (59). Risks from WNV infection ex- cation of mosquito larvae because they cannot
70 Kramer · Styer · Ebel ANRV330-EN53-04 ARI 2 November 2007 15:18
penetrate the water surface to breathe (25). tion purposes. The first is inoculation of mul- This technique would be useful to control tiple doses of inactivated (killed) virus (119). A Culex mosquitoes breeding in enclosed spaces, second strategy involves expression of WNV such as flooded basements or cess pits. A novel viral proteins in a host to elicit an immune strategy currently pursued to control malaria response. Viral proteins can be inoculated di- and dengue involves the creation of transgenic rectly into the host, as a recombinant sub- mosquitoes that are incapable of transmitting unit vaccine (22, 76, 77), or they can be pro- pathogens (40, 52). This strategy seems more duced by host cells following inoculation of problematic for control of WNV due to the DNA plasmids (26) or virus vectors that ex- complexity of the WNV transmission cycle. press WNV genes (58). The third strategy involves the use of chimeric viruses contain- ing the PrM and E genes of WNV within a Vaccines and Antiviral Treatments heterologous attenuated flavivirus backbone Vaccines can be used to prevent WNV in- [Yellow fever 17D (86), DEN2 PDK-53 (49) fection and antiviral treatments can be used or DEN4–3delta30 (104)]. The final vaccina- to treat severe disease (reviewed in Reference tion strategy is based on attenuated viruses. 70). There are currently four licensed WNV Several types of attenuated viruses have been vaccines for horses and one licensed vaccine created by introducing mutations into non- for domestic geese (Table 2). Although no structural genes (45, 148), resulting in reduced vaccine has been approved for use in humans, virus replication, or by introducing mutations significant progress has been made, with on- into the capsid gene (81, 126), disabling the going clinical trials of four vaccines (Table 2). release of virus from the cell. Several strategies have been employed to de- Currently there is no specific treatment for liver WNV antigens into animals for vaccina- WNV disease in humans, although several
Table 2 WNV vaccines that are licensed or in clinical trial Product name Company and/or institute Vaccine type Status Innovator® Fort Dodge Animal Health Killed virus L Recombitek® Merial Recombinant canarypox L virus PreveNileTM Intervet Chimeric virus L (WNV/YFV) NA Kimron Veterinary Killed virus L Institute/Crucell Annu. Rev. Entomol. 2008.53:61-81. Downloaded from www.annualreviews.org by Universitat Zurich- Hauptbibliothek Irchel on 09/30/13. For personal use only. NA CDC/Fort Dodge Animal Recombinant DNA L Health plasmid ChimeravaxTM-West Nile Acambis Chimeric virus CT-II (WNV/YFV) VRC-WNVDNA020–00-VP NIAID/NIH Recombinant DNA CT-I plasmid WN/DEN4–3 delta30 NIAID/NIH Chimeric virus CT-I (WNV/DEN4) NA Crucell Killed virus CT-I
Abbreviations: NA, information not available; L, licensed for veterinary use; YFV, yellow fever virus; CT-II, clinical trial, phase II; CT-I, clinical trial, phase I; DEN4, dengue-4 virus. Sources of information: http://www.fortdodgelivestock.com/, http://www.merial.com/, http://www.intervetusa.com/, http://www.crucell.com/, http://www.clinicaltrials.gov/.
www.annualreviews.org • Epidemiology of WNV 71 ANRV330-EN53-04 ARI 2 November 2007 15:18
antiviral compounds and therapies are be- quence to portions of the WNV genome (an- ing tested in clinical trials. Patients with tisense therapies) have shown significant an- WNV encephalitis have been successfully tiviral activity in vitro (29, 140). The safety treated with intravenous immunoglobulin de- and efficacy of one antisense compound (AVI- rived from donor plasma with high levels of 4020) against WNV ND are being tested in WNV antibodies (127); the safety and efficacy a clinical trial. High-throughput assays devel- of this treatment are being tested in phase I/II oped by two groups (44, 105) are being used to clinical trials. Antibody therapy using human- screen compounds for antiviral activity. One ized monoclonal antibodies directed against of these assays identified triaryl pyrazoline as the WNV envelope protein is therapeuti- an inhibitor of flavivirus replication in cell cally effective in mice and hamsters. A single culture (106). dose of these antibodies given to animals at 5 days post-infection (when neurons are in- fected with WNV) protected animals from CONCLUSION WNV-induced mortality and resulted in de- WNV serves as a model for zoonotic diseases creased viral titers in the brain (88, 97). In- that are emerging, re-emerging, or expanding terferon therapy effectively controlled WNV their ranges globally. It is critical to conduct infection in vitro and in animal models (4, research on the underlying biological and ge- 120). A clinical trial is currently underway ographic factor(s) that allows these pathogens to test the safety and efficacy of interferon to adapt to new hosts and environments. A therapy for West Nile meningocephalitis in better understanding will allow improved pre- humans. Oligomers with complementary se- diction of risk and approaches to control.
SUMMARY POINTS 1. WNV is the most widely distributed arbovirus known; the factors explaining this are complex, including vector-virus-host interactions and climatic factors. 2. WNV is well established in the Western Hemisphere and activity will most likely continue at levels determined by virus, host, and environmental factors throughout its range. 3. The WNV cycle is complex and details vary by region, making it difficult to model on a broad scale, but the predominant enzootic hosts are Culex mosquitoes and birds. Annu. Rev. Entomol. 2008.53:61-81. Downloaded from www.annualreviews.org
by Universitat Zurich- Hauptbibliothek Irchel on 09/30/13. For personal use only. 4. Migratory birds are the most likely mechanism of long-distance virus spread, but mosquitoes and dispersing birds may carry the virus shorter distances. 5. Current control measures against WNV consist of mosquito population reduction and personal protective measures; however, new chemical control agents and new control strategies are being pursued. 6. Several WNV vaccines have been licensed for use in horses; significant progress has been made in the development of WNV vaccines for humans. 7. No specific antiviral treatment exists for WNV, although several candidates are cur- rently being tested in clinical trials.
72 Kramer · Styer · Ebel ANRV330-EN53-04 ARI 2 November 2007 15:18
FUTURE ISSUES 1. Sequencing of the Culex genome will allow more detailed studies of the genetic basis of vector-virus-vertebrate interactions. 2. Molecular epidemiological and fitness studies of WNV strains isolated over space and time will provide information on viral evolution and adaptation. 3. A better understanding of the role of avian migration in long-term perpetuation and spread of virus will increase the ability to predict movement of zoonotic pathogens in the future. 4. Significance of viral persistence in vertebrate hosts is important to our understanding of disease and virus perpetuation. 5. Mathematical models that integrate human infection with mosquito surveillance data should be developed to improve risk prediction. 6. An increased understanding of the impact of climate on spatial and temporal variation in virus activity, and of the drivers of spatial variation in transmission, will improve risk analyses. 7. Integration of structural biology with virology and viral genetics will allow for more detailed understanding of host-virus interactions. 8. Improved diagnostic assays are needed to distinguish among flaviviruses.
DISCLOSURE STATEMENT The authors are not aware of any biases that might be perceived as affecting the objectivity of this review.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We wish to express our gratitude to the research staff of the Arbovirus Laboratories at the Wadsworth Center, New York State Department of Health, for their contributions to many of the studies discussed in this review. We also wish to thank Elizabeth Cavosie for her assistance preparing the manuscript and Elizabeth Kauffman for her assistance with the figures. We thank A. Marm Kilpatrick for his helpful discussions on the topics reviewed. Portions of the research Annu. Rev. Entomol. 2008.53:61-81. Downloaded from www.annualreviews.org by Universitat Zurich- Hauptbibliothek Irchel on 09/30/13. For personal use only. presented were supported by the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Disease Contract no. NO1-AI-25490.
LITERATURE CITED 1. Abbassy MM, Osman M, Marzouk AS. 1993. West Nile virus (Flaviviridae: Flavivirus)in experimentally infected Argas ticks (Acari: Argasidae). Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. 48:726–37 2. Abroug F, Ouanes-Besbes L, Letaief M, Ben RF, Khairallah M, et al. 2006. A cluster study of predictors of severe West Nile virus infection. Mayo Clin. Proc. 81:12–16 3. Anderson JF, Main AJ. 2006. Importance of vertical and horizontal transmission of West Nile virus by Culex pipiens in the northeastern United States. J. Infect. Dis. 194:1577–79 4. Anderson JF, Rahal JJ. 2002. Efficacy of interferon alpha-2b and ribavirin against West Nile virus in vitro. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 8:107–8
www.annualreviews.org • Epidemiology of WNV 73 ANRV330-EN53-04 ARI 2 November 2007 15:18
5. Apperson CS, Hassan HK, Harrison BA, Savage HM, Aspen SE, et al. 2004. Host feeding patterns of established and potential mosquito vectors of West Nile virus in the eastern United States. Vector Borne Zoonotic Dis. 4:71–82 6. Autorino GL, Battisti A, Deubel V, Ferrari G, Forletta R, et al. 2002. West Nile virus epidemic in horses, Tuscany region, Italy. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 8:1372–78 7. Bakonyi T, Hubalek Z, Rudolf I, Nowotny N. 2005. Novel flavivirus or new lineage of West Nile virus, central Europe. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 11:225–31 8. Balenghien T, Fouque F, Sabatier P, Bicout DJ. 2006. Horse-, bird-, and human-seeking behavior and seasonal abundance of mosquitoes in a West Nile virus focus of southern France. J. Med. Entomol. 43:936–46 9. Baqar S, Hayes CG, Murphy JR, Watts DM. 1993. Vertical transmission of West Nile virus by Culex and Aedes species mosquitoes. Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. 48:757–62 10. Beasley DW, Davis CT, Guzman H, Vanlandingham DL, Travassos da Rosa APA, et al. 2003. Limited evolution of West Nile virus has occurred during its southwesterly spread in the United States. Virology 309:190–95 11. Becnel JJ. 2006. Prospects for the mosquito baculovirus CuniNPV as a tool for mosquito control. J. Am. Mosq. Control Assoc. 22:523–26 12. Bernard KA, Kramer LD. 2001. West Nile virus activity in the United States, 2001. Viral Immunol. 14:319–38 13. Bertolotti L, Kitron U, Goldberg TL. 2006. Diversity and evolution of West Nile 13. Describes a lack of spatial structure virus in Illinois and The United States, 2002–2005. Virology 360:143–49 in WNV 14. Bosch I, Herrera F, Navarro JC, Lentino M, Dupuis AP, et al. 2007. Established intro- populations, adding duction of West Nile virus in Venezuela. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 13:651–53 to evidence that 15. Brault AC, Langevin SA, Bowen RA, Panella NA, Biggerstaff BJ, et al. 2004. Differential WNV genotypes spread rapidly virulence of West Nile strains for American crows. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 10:2161–68 throughout an 16. Brinton MA. 2001. Host factors involved in West Nile virus replication. Ann. N. Y. Acad. essentially Sci. 951:207–19 continuous 17. Brinton MA. 2002. The molecular biology of West Nile virus: a new invader of the transmission focus. Western Hemisphere. Annu. Rev. Microbiol. 56:371–402 18. Brownstein JS, Holford TR, Fish D. 2004. Enhancing West Nile virus surveillance, United States. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 10:1129–33 19. Buckley A, Dawson A, Gould EA. 2006. Detection of seroconversion to West Nile virus, Usutu virus and Sindbis virus in UK sentinel chickens. Virol. J. 3:71–76 20. Calisher CH, Karabatsos N, Dalrymple JM, Shope RE, Porterfield JS, et al. 1989. Anti- Annu. Rev. Entomol. 2008.53:61-81. Downloaded from www.annualreviews.org by Universitat Zurich- Hauptbibliothek Irchel on 09/30/13. For personal use only. genic relationships between flaviviruses as determined by cross-neutralization tests with polyclonal antisera. J. Gen. Virol. 70(Pt. 1):37–43 21. Chambers TJ, Hahn CS, Galler R, Rice CM. 1990. Flavivirus genome organization, expression, and replication. Annu. Rev. Microbiol. 44:649–88 22. Chu JH, Chiang CC, Ng ML. 2007. Immunization of flavivirus West Nile recombinant envelope domain III protein induced specific immune response and protection against West Nile Virus infection. J. Immunol. 178:2699–705 23. Cooke WH III, Grala K, Wallis RC. 2006. Avian GIS models signal human risk for West Nile virus in Mississippi. Int. J. Health Geogr. 5:36 24. Couissinier-Paris P. 2006. West Nile virus in Europe and Africa: still minor pathogen, or potential threat to public health? Bull. Soc. Pathol. Exot. 99:348–54 25. Curtis C. 2005. Insecticide-treated nets against malaria vectors and polystyrene beads against Culex larvae. Trends Parasitol. 21:504–7
74 Kramer · Styer · Ebel ANRV330-EN53-04 ARI 2 November 2007 15:18
26. Davis BS, Chang GJ, Cropp B, Roehrig JT, Martin DA, et al. 2001. West Nile virus re- combinant DNA vaccine protects mouse and horse from virus challenge and expresses in vitro a noninfectious recombinant antigen that can be used in enzyme-linked immunosor- bent assays. J. Virol. 75:4040–47 27. Davis CT, Beasley DW, Guzman H, Siirin M, Parsons RE, et al. 2004. Emergence of attenuated West Nile virus variants in Texas, 2003. Virology 330:342–50 28. Davis CT, Ebel GD, Lanciotti RS, Brault AC, Guzman H, et al. 2005. Phylogenetic anal- ysis of North American West Nile virus isolates, 2001–2004: evidence for the emergence of a dominant genotype. Virology 342:252–65 29. Deas TS, Binduga-Gajewska I, Tilgner M, Ren P, Stein DA, et al. 2005. Inhibition of flavivirus infections by antisense oligomers specifically suppressing viral translation and RNA replication. J. Virol. 79:4599–609 30. Ebel GD, Carricaburu J, Young D, Bernard KA, Kramer LD. 2004. Genetic and 30. First study to phenotypic variation of West Nile virus in New York, 2000–2003. Am. J. Trop. Med. demonstrate Hyg. 71:493–500 transmission- 31. Ebel GD, Dupuis AP II, Ngo KA, Nicholas DC, Kauffman EB, et al. 2001. Partial genetic related phenotypic characterization of West Nile virus strains, New York State. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 7:650–53 variation in WNV and to suggest that 32. Edman JD, TaylorDJ. 1968. Culex nigripalpus: seasonal shift in the bird-mammal feeding a population ratio in a mosquito vector of human encephalitis. Science 161:67–68 displacement was 33. Eidson M. 2005. Dead crow density and West Nile virus monitoring, New York. Emerg. underway. Infect. Dis. 11:1370–75 34. Eldridge BF. 1987. Diapause and related phenomena in Culex mosquitoes: their relation to arbovirus disease ecology. Curr. Top. Vector Res. 4:1–28 35. Epstein PR. 2001. West Nile virus and the climate. J. Urban. Health 78:367–71 36. Ernek E, Kozuch O, Nosek J, Teplan J, Folk C. 1977. Arboviruses in birds captured in Slovakia. J. Hyg. Epidemiol. Microbiol. Immunol. 21:353–59 37. Farajollahi A, Crans WJ, Nickerson D, Bryant P, Wolf B, et al. 2005. Detection of West Nile virus RNA from the louse fly Icosta americana (Diptera: Hippoboscidae). J. Am. Mosq. Control Assoc. 21:474–76 38. Ferlenghi I, Clarke M, Ruttan T, Allison SL, Schalich J, et al. 2001. Molecular orga- nization of a recombinant subviral particle from tick-borne encephalitis virus. Mol. Cell 7:593–602 39. Fonseca DM, Keyghobadi N, Malcolm CA, Mehmet C, Schaffner F, et al. 2004. Emerging vectors in the Culex pipiens complex. Science 303:1535–38 40. Franz AW, Sanchez-Vargas I, Adelman ZN, Blair CD, Beaty BJ, et al. 2006. Engineering Annu. Rev. Entomol. 2008.53:61-81. Downloaded from www.annualreviews.org by Universitat Zurich- Hauptbibliothek Irchel on 09/30/13. For personal use only. RNA interference-based resistance to dengue virus type 2 in genetically modified Aedes aegypti. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 103:4198–203 41. Fyodorova MV, Savage HM, Lopatina JV, Bulgakova TA, Ivanitsky AV, et al. 2006. Eval- uation of potential West Nile virus vectors in Volgograd region, Russia, 2003 (Diptera: Culicidae): species composition, bloodmeal host utilization, and virus infection rates of mosquitoes. J. Med. Entomol. 43:552–63 42. Goddard LB, Roth AE, Reisen WK, Scott TW. 2002. Vector competence of California mosquitoes for West Nile virus. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 8:1385–91 43. Goddard LB, Roth AE, Reisen WK, Scott TW. 2003. Vertical transmission of West Nile virus by three California Culex (Diptera: Culicidae) species. J. Med. Entomol. 40:743–46 44. Gu B, Ouzunov S, Wang L, Mason P, Bourne N, et al. 2006. Discovery of small molecule inhibitors of West Nile virus using a high-throughput sub-genomic replicon screen. Antiviral Res. 70:39–50
www.annualreviews.org • Epidemiology of WNV 75 ANRV330-EN53-04 ARI 2 November 2007 15:18
45. Hall RA, Nisbet DJ, Pham KB, Pyke AT, Smith GA, Khromykh AA. 2003. DNA vaccine coding for the full-length infectious Kunjin virus RNA protects mice against the New York strain of West Nile virus. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 100:10460–64 46. Hayes CG. 1989. West Nile fever. In The Arboviruses: Epidemiology and Ecology, Volume V, ed. TP Monath, pp. 59–88. Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press 47. Hayes CG. 2001. West Nile virus: Uganda, 1937, to New York City, 1999. Annu. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 951:25–37 48. Hayes EB, Komar N, Nasci RS, Montgomery SP, O’Leary DR, Campbell GL. 2005. Epidemiology and transmission dynamics of West Nile virus disease. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 11:1167–73 49. Hubalek Z, Halouzka J. 1999. West Nile fever—a reemerging mosquito-borne 49. Comprehensive history of WNV in viral disease in Europe. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 5:643–50 Europe, where its 50. Huang CY, Silengo SJ, Whiteman MC, Kinney RM. 2005. Chimeric dengue 2 PDK- epidemiology is 53/West Nile NY99 viruses retain the phenotypic attenuation markers of the candidate comparatively PDK-53 vaccine virus and protect mice against lethal challenge with West Nile virus. J. poorly understood. Virol. 79:7300–10 51. Hutcheson HJ, Gorham CH, Hain-Williams C, Lorono-Pino MA, James AM, et al. 2005. Experimental transmission of West Nile virus (Flaviviridae: Flavivirus)byCarios capensis ticks from North America. Vector Borne Zoonotic Dis. 5:293–95 52. Ito J, Ghosh A, Moreira LA, Wimmer EA, Jacobs-Lorena M. 2002. Transgenicanopheline mosquitoes impaired in transmission of a malaria parasite. Nature 417:452–55 53. Jacobson ER, Johnson AJ, Hernandez JA, Tucker SJ, Dupuis AP, et al. 2005. Validation and use of an indirect enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay for detection of antibodies to West Nile virus in American alligators (Alligator mississippiensis) in Florida. J. Wildl. Dis. 41:107–14 54. Jerzak G, Bernard KA, Kramer LD, Ebel GD. 2005. Genetic variation in West Nile virus from naturally infected mosquitoes and birds suggests quasispecies structure and strong purifying selection. J. Gen. Virol. 86:2175–83 55. Jerzak GV, Bernard K, Kramer LD, Shi PY, Ebel GD. 2007. The West Nile virus mutant spectrum is host-dependant and a determinant of mortality in mice. Virology 360:469–76 56. Jourdain E, Gauthier-Clerc M, Bicout DJ, Sabatier P. 2007. Bird migration routes and risk for pathogen dispersion into western Mediterranean wetlands. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 13:365–72 57. Kanzok SM, Jacobs-Lorena M. 2006. Entomopathogenic fungi as biological insecticides Annu. Rev. Entomol. 2008.53:61-81. Downloaded from www.annualreviews.org by Universitat Zurich- Hauptbibliothek Irchel on 09/30/13. For personal use only. to control malaria. Trends Parasitol. 22:49–51 58. Karaca K, Bowen R, Austgen LE, TeeheeM, Siger L, et al. 2005. Recombinant canarypox vectored West Nile virus (WNV) vaccine protects dogs and cats against a mosquito WNV challenge. Vaccine 23:3808–13 59. Karpati AM, Perrin MC, Matte T, Leighton J, Schwartz J, Barr RG. 2004. Pesticide spraying for West Nile virus control and emergency department asthma visits in New York City, 2000. Environ. Health Perspect. 112:1183–87 60. Establishes the 60. Keene KM, Foy BD, Sanchez-Vargas I, Beaty BJ, Blair CD, Olson KE. 2004. in vivo antiviral RNA interference acts as a natural antiviral response to O’nyong-nyong virus (Al- activity of RNAi phavirus; Togaviridae) infection of Anopheles gambiae. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA pathways against 101:17240–45 arboviruses in mosquitoes. 61. Kilpatrick AM, Daszak P, Jones MJ, Marra PP, Kramer LD. 2006. Host heterogeneity dominates West Nile virus transmission. Proc. Biol. Sci. 273:2327–33
76 Kramer · Styer · Ebel ANRV330-EN53-04 ARI 2 November 2007 15:18
62. Kilpatrick AM, Kramer LD, Jones MA, Marra P, Daszak P, Fonseca D. 2007. Genetic influences on mosquito feeding behavior and the emergence of zoonotic pathogens. Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. In press 63. Kilpatrick AM, Kramer LD, Campbell SR, Alleyne EO, Dobson AP, Daszak P. 2005. West Nile virus risk assessment and the bridge vector paradigm. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 11:425– 29 64. Kilpatrick AM, Kramer LD, Jones MJ, Marra PP, Daszak P. 2006. West Nile virus epidemics in North America are driven by shifts in mosquito feeding behavior. PLoS Biol. 4:e82 65. Klenk K, Snow J, Morgan K, Bowen R, Stephens M, et al. 2004. Alligators as West Nile virus amplifiers. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 10:2150–55 66. Kline DL. 2006. Traps and trapping techniques for adult mosquito control. J. Am. Mosq. Control Assoc. 22:490–96 67. Komar N, Clark GG. 2006. West Nile virus activity in Latin America and the Caribbean. Rev. Panam. Salud Publ. 19:112–17 68. Komar N, Langevin S, Hinten S, Nemeth N, Edwards E, et al. 2003. Experimental infection of North American birds with the New York 1999 strain of West Nile virus. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 9:311–22 69. Kramer LD, Ebel GD. 2003. Dynamics of flavivirus infection in mosquitoes. Adv. Virus Res. 60:187–232 70. Kramer LD, Li J, Shi P-Y. 2007. West Nile virus. The Lancet Neurol. 6:171–81 71. Kuno G, Chang GJ, Tsuchiya KR, Karabatsos N, Cropp CB. 1998. Phylogeny of the genus Flavivirus. J. Virol. 72:73–83 72. Lanciotti RS, Ebel GD, Deubel V, Kerst AJ, Murri S, et al. 2002. Complete genome sequences and phylogenetic analysis of West Nile virus strains isolated from the United States, Europe, and the Middle East. Virology 298:96–105 73. Lanciotti RS, Roehrig JT, Deubel V, Smith J, Parker M, et al. 1999. Origin of the 73. Identified West Nile virus responsible for an outbreak of encephalitis in the northeastern WNV as the agent United States. Science 286:2333–37 responsible for the 74. Langevin SA, Brault AC, Panella NA, Bowen RA, Komar N. 2005. Variation in virulence outbreak of of West Nile virus strains for house sparrows (Passer domesticus). Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. encephalitis in New York in 1999. 72:99–102 75. Lawrie CH, Uzcategui NY, Gould EA, Nuttall PA. 2004. Ixodid and argasid tick species and West Nile virus. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 10:653–57 Annu. Rev. Entomol. 2008.53:61-81. Downloaded from www.annualreviews.org by Universitat Zurich- Hauptbibliothek Irchel on 09/30/13. For personal use only. 76. Ledizet M, Kar K, Foellmer HG, Wang T, Bushmich SL, et al. 2005. A recombinant envelope protein vaccine against West Nile virus. Vaccine 23:3915–24 77. Lieberman MM, Clements DE, Ogata S, Wang G, Corpuz G, et al. 2007. Preparation and immunogenic properties of a recombinant West Nile subunit vaccine. Vaccine 25:414–23 78. WNV is poorly 78. Lvov DK, Butenko AM, Gromashevsky VL, Kovtunov AI, Prilipov AG, et al. 2004. understood in West Nile virus and other zoonotic viruses in Russia: examples of emerging- Central Asia, despite the likely reemerging situations. Arch. Virol. Suppl. (18)85–96 importance of this 79. Malkinson M, Banet C. 2002. The role of birds in the ecology of West Nile virus in region for sampling Europe and Africa. Curr. Top. Microbiol. Immunol. 267:309–322 pathogens 80. Marfin AA, Gubler DJ. 2001. West Nile encephalitis: an emerging disease in the United trafficked by birds migrating out of States. Clin. Infect. Dis. 33:1713–19 Africa. 81. Mason PW, Shustov AV, Frolov I. 2006. Production and characterization of vaccines based on flaviviruses defective in replication. Virology 351:432–43
www.annualreviews.org • Epidemiology of WNV 77 ANRV330-EN53-04 ARI 2 November 2007 15:18
82. McGee CE, Schneider BS, Girard YA, Vanlandingham DL, Higgs S. 2007. Nonviremic transmission of West Nile virus: evaluation of the effects of space, time, and mosquito species. Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. 76:424–30 83. Miller BR, Nasci RS, Godsey MS, Savage HM, Lutwama JJ, et al. 2000. First field evidence for natural vertical transmission of West Nile virus in Culex univittatus complex mosquitoes from Rift Valley Province, Kenya. Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. 62:240–46 84. Miller DL, Mauel MJ, Baldwin C, Burtle G, Ingram D, et al. 2003. West Nile virus in farmed alligators. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 9:794–99 85. Mitchell CJ. 1988. Occurrence, biology, and physiology of diapause in overwintering mosquitoes. In The Arboviruses: Epidemiology and Ecology, ed. TP Monath, pp. 191–217. Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press 86. Monath TP, Liu J, Kanesa-Thasan N, Myers GA, Nichols R, et al. 2006. A live, attenuated recombinant West Nile virus vaccine. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 103:6694–99 87. Morales MA, Barrandeguy M, Fabbri C, Garcia JB, Vissani A, et al. 2006. West Nile virus isolation from equines in Argentina, 2006. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 12:1559–61 88. Morrey JD, Siddharthan V, Olsen AL, Roper GY, Wang H, et al. 2006. Humanized 88. Demonstrates that humanized monoclonal antibody against West Nile virus envelope protein administered after monoclonal neuronal infection protects against lethal encephalitis in hamsters. J. Infect. Dis. antibodies may be a 194:1300–8 potential treatment 89. Moudy RM, Meola MA, Morin LL, Ebel GD, Kramer LD. 2007. A newly emergent for severe WNV genotype of WestNile Virus is transmitted earlier and more efficiently by Culex mosquitoes. disease. Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. In press 90. Mukhopadhyay S, Kim BS, Chipman PR, Rossmann MG, Kuhn RJ. 2003. Structure of West Nile virus. Science 302:248 91. Mukhopadhyay S, Kuhn RJ, Rossmann MG. 2005. A structural perspective of the fla- vivirus life cycle. Nat. Rev. Microbiol. 3:13–22 92. Mumcuoglu KY, Banet-Noach C, Malkinson M, Shalom U, Galun R. 2005. Argasid ticks as possible vectors of West Nile virus in Israel. Vector Borne Zoonotic Dis. 5:65–71 93. Murgue B, Murri S, Zientara S, Durand B, Durand JP, Zeller HG. 2001. West Nile outbreak in horses in southern France, 2000: the return 35 years later. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 7:692–96 94. Nasci RS, Savage HM, White D, Miller JR, Cropp BC, et al. 2001. West Nile virus in overwintering Culex mosquitoes, New York City, 2000. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 7:742–44 95. Nemeth N, Gould D, Bowen R, Komar N. 2006. Natural and experimental West Nile virus infection in five raptor species. J. Wildl. Dis. 42:1–13 Annu. Rev. Entomol. 2008.53:61-81. Downloaded from www.annualreviews.org by Universitat Zurich- Hauptbibliothek Irchel on 09/30/13. For personal use only. 96. Niebylski ML, Meek CL. 1992. Blood-feeding of Culex mosquitoes in an urban environ- ment. J. Am. Mosq. Control Assoc. 8:173–77 97. Oliphant T, Engle M, Nybakken GE, Doane C, Johnson S, et al. 2005. Development of a humanized monoclonal antibody with therapeutic potential against West Nile virus. Nat. Med. 11:522–30 98. Olson KE, Adelman ZN, Travanty EA, Sanchez-Vargas I, Beaty BJ, Blair CD. 2002. Developing arbovirus resistance in mosquitoes. Insect Biochem. Mol. Biol. 32:1333–43 99. Palmisano CT, Taylor V, Caillouet K, Byrd B, Wesson DM. 2005. Impact of West Nile virus outbreak upon St. Tammany Parish Mosquito Abatement District. J. Am. Mosq. Control Assoc. 21:33–38 100. Park HW, Bideshi DK, Wirth MC, Johnson JJ, Walton WE, Federici BA. 2005. Recom- binant larvicidal bacteria with markedly improved efficacy against Culex vectors of West Nile virus. Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. 72:732–38
78 Kramer · Styer · Ebel ANRV330-EN53-04 ARI 2 November 2007 15:18
101. Peterson AT, Vieglais DA, Andreasen JK. 2003. Migratory birds modeled as critical transport agents for West Nile virus in North America. Vector Borne Zoonotic Dis. 3:27–37 102. Peterson RK, Macedo PA, Davis RS. 2006. A human-health risk assessment for West Nile virus and insecticides used in mosquito management. Environ. Health Perspect. 114:366–72 103. Phillips RA, Christensen K. 2006. Field-caught Culex erythrothorax larvae found naturally infected with West Nile virus in Grand County, Utah. J. Am. Mosq. Control Assoc. 22:561– 62 104. Pletnev AG, Putnak R, Speicher J, Wagar EJ, Vaughn DW. 2002. West Nile virus/dengue type 4 virus chimeras that are reduced in neurovirulence and peripheral virulence without loss of immunogenicity or protective efficacy. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 99:3036–41. Erratum. 2002. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 99:7184 105. Puig-Basagoiti F, Deas TS, Ren P, Tilgner M, Ferguson DM, Shi PY. 2005. High- throughput assays using a luciferase-expressing replicon, virus-like particles, and full- length virus for West Nile virus drug discovery. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 49:4980–88 106. Puig-Basagoiti F, Tilgner M, Forshey BM, Philpott SM, Espina NG, et al. 2006. Triaryl pyrazoline compound inhibits flavivirus RNA replication. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 50:1320–29 107. Pupo M, Guzman MG, Fernandez R, Llop A, Dickinson FO, et al. 2006. West Nile virus infection in humans and horses, Cuba. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 12:1022–24 108. Rappole JH, Compton BW, Leimgruber P, Robertson J, King DI, Renner SC. 2006. Modeling movement of West Nile virus in the Western Hemisphere. Vector Borne Zoonotic Dis. 6:128–39 109. Rappole JH, Derrickson SR, Hubalek Z. 2000. Migratory birds and spread of West Nile virus in the Western Hemisphere. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 6:319–28 110. Reddy MR, Leopore TJ, Pollack RJ, Kiszewski AE, Spielman A, Reiter P. 2007. 110. Analyzes the Early evening questing and oviposition activity by the Culex (Diptera: Culicidae) peak oviposition vectors of West Nile virus in northeastern North America. J. Med. Entomol. 44:211– and host-seeking 14 period of Culex 111. Reddy MR, Spielman A, Lepore TJ, Henley D, Kiszewski AE, Reiter P. 2006. Efficacy mosquitoes to determine the of resmethrin aerosols applied from the road for suppressing Culex vectors of West Nile optimum time for virus. Vector Borne Zoonotic Dis. 6:117–27 aerial insecticidal 112. Reisen WK, Barker CM, Carney R, Lothrop HD, Wheeler SS, et al. 2006. Role of corvids sprays to be in epidemiology of West Nile virus in southern California. J. Med. Entomol. 43:356–67 administered. 113. Reisen WK, Fang Y, Lothrop HD, Martinez VM, Wilson J, et al. 2006. Overwintering Annu. Rev. Entomol. 2008.53:61-81. Downloaded from www.annualreviews.org by Universitat Zurich- Hauptbibliothek Irchel on 09/30/13. For personal use only. of West Nile virus in Southern California. J. Med. Entomol. 43:344–55 114. Reisen WK, Fang Y, Martinez VM. 2007. Is nonviremic transmission of West Nile virus by Culex mosquitoes (Diptera: Culicadae) nonviremic? J. Med. Entomol. 44(2):299–302 115. Reisen WK, Fang Y, Martinez VM. 2005. Avian host and mosquito (Diptera: Culicidae) vector competence determine the efficiency of West Nile and St. Louis encephalitis virus transmission. J. Med. Entomol. 42:367–75 116. Root JJ, Oesterle PT, Nemeth NM, Klenk K, Gould DH, et al. 2006. Experimental infection of fox squirrels (Sciurus niger) with West Nile virus. Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. 75:697–701 117. Rosen L. 1987. Mechanism of vertical transmission of the dengue virus in mosquitoes. C. R. Acad. Sci. III 304:347–50 118. Ruiz MO, Walker ED, Foster ES, Haramis LD, Kitron UD. 2007. Association of West Nile virus illness and urban landscapes in Chicago and Detroit. Int. J. Health Geogr. 6:10
www.annualreviews.org • Epidemiology of WNV 79 ANRV330-EN53-04 ARI 2 November 2007 15:18
119. Samina I, Khinich Y, Simanov M, Malkinson M. 2005. An inactivated West Nile virus vaccine for domestic geese-efficacy study and a summary of 4 years of field application. Vaccine 23:4955–58 120. Samuel MA, Diamond MS. 2005. Alpha/beta interferon protects against lethal West Nile virus infection by restricting cellular tropism and enhancing neuronal survival. J. Virol. 79:13350–61 121. Sanchez-Vargas I, Travanty EA, Keene KM, Franz AW, Beaty BJ, et al. 2004. RNA interference, arthropod-borne viruses, and mosquitoes. Virus Res. 102:65–74 122. Sardelis MR, Turell MJ, Dohm DJ, O’Guinn ML. 2001. Vector competence of selected North American Culex and Coquillettidia mosquitoes for West Nile virus. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 7:1018–22 123. Savage HM, Ceianu C, Nicolescu G, Karabatsos N, Lanciotti R, et al. 1999. Entomologic and avian investigations of an epidemic of West Nile fever in Romania in 1996, with serologic and molecular characterization of a virus isolate from mosquitoes. Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. 61:600–11. Erratum. 2000. Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. 62:162 124. Schmidt JR, Elmansoury HK. 1963. Natural and experimental infection of Egyptian equines with West Nile virus. Annu. Trop. Med. Parasitol. 57:415–27 125. Schofield S, Tepper M, Lalonde J. 2006. Comparing risk of West Nile virus against risk of adulticiding. Environ. Health Perspect. 114:A519 126. Seregin A, Nistler R, Borisevich V, Yamshchikov G, Chaporgina E, et al. 2006. Immuno- genicity of West Nile virus infectious DNA and its noninfectious derivatives. Virology 356:115–25 127. Shimoni Z, Niven MJ, Pitlik SD, Bulvik S. 2001. Treatmentof West Nile virus encephali- tis with intravenous immunoglobulin. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 7:759 128. Simpson JE. 2006. Emergency mosquito aerial spray response to the 2004 Florida hur- ricanes Charley, Frances, Ivan, and Jeanne: an overview of control results. J. Am. Mosq. Control Assoc. 22:457–63 129. Smithburn KC, Hughes TP, Burke AW, Paul JH. 1940. A neurotropic virus isolated from the blood of a native of Uganda. Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. 20:471–73 130. Snappin KW, Holmes EC, Young DS, Bernard KA, Kramer LD, Ebel GD. 2007. 130. Analyzes the population growth Declining growth rate of West Nile virus in North America. J. Virol. 81:2531–34 rates of WNV 131. Spielman A. 1964. Studies on autogeny in Culex pipiens populations in nature. I. Re- genotypes, productive isolation between autogenous and anautogenous populations. Am. J. Hyg. demonstrating the 80:175–83 virus has reached 132. Spielman A. 1971. Studies on autogeny in natural populations of Culex pipiens. II. Seasonal peak prevalence in abundance of autogenous and anautogenous populations. 8:555–61 Annu. Rev. Entomol. 2008.53:61-81. Downloaded from www.annualreviews.org J. Med. Entomol. by Universitat Zurich- Hauptbibliothek Irchel on 09/30/13. For personal use only. North America. 133. Spielman A. 2001. Structure and seasonality of nearctic Culex pipiens populations. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 951:220–34 133. Describes 134. Steele KE, Linn MJ, Schoepp RJ, Komar N, Geisbert TW, et al. 2000. Pathology of fatal Culex pipiens West Nile virus infections in native and exotic birds during the 1999 outbreak in New population York City, New York. Vet. Pathol. 37:208–24 structure and its implications for 135. Styer LM, Carey JR, Wang JL, Scott TW. 2007. Mosquitoes do senesce: departure from feeding behavior the paradigm of constant mortality. Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. 76:111–17 and disease 136. Tachiiri K, Klinkenberg B, Mak S, Kazmi J. 2006. Predicting outbreaks: a spatial risk epidemiology. assessment of West Nile virus in British Columbia. Int. J. Health Geogr. 5:21 137. Taylor RM, Work TH, Hurlbut HS, Rizk F. 1956. A study of the ecology of West Nile virus in Egypt. Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. 5:579 138. Tempelis CH. 1975. Host-feeding patterns of mosquitoes, with a review of advances in analysis of blood meals by serology. J. Med. Entomol. 11:635–53
80 Kramer · Styer · Ebel ANRV330-EN53-04 ARI 2 November 2007 15:18
139. Tesh RB, Siirin M, Guzman H, Travassos da Rosa AP, Wu X, et al. 2005. Persistent West Nile virus infection in the golden hamster: studies on its mechanism and possible implications for other flavivirus infections. J. Infect. Dis. 192:287–95 140. Torrence PF, Gupta N, Whitney C, Morrey JD. 2006. Evaluation of synthetic oligonu- cleotides as inhibitors of West Nile virus replication. Antiviral Res. 70:60–65 141. TsaiTF, Popovici F, Cernescu C, Campbell GL, Nedelcu NI. 1998. West Nile encephali- tis epidemic in southeastern Romania. Lancet 352:767–71 142. Turell MJ, Dohm DJ, Sardelis MR, Oguinn ML, Andreadis TG, Blow JA. 2005. An update on the potential of North American mosquitoes (Diptera: Culicidae) to transmit West Nile virus. J. Med. Entomol. 42:57–62 143. Turell MJ, O’Guinn ML, Dohm DJ, Jones JW. 2001. Vector competence of North American mosquitoes (Diptera: Culicidae) for West Nile virus. J. Med. Entomol. 38:130– 34 144. Twiddy SS, Holmes EC, Rambaut A. 2003. Inferring the rate and time-scale of dengue virus evolution. Mol. Biol. Evol. 20:122–29 145. Weinberger M, Pitlik SD, Gandacu D, Lang R, Nassar F, et al. 2001. West Nile fever outbreak, Israel, 2000: epidemiologic aspects. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 7:686–91 146. Westaway EG, Mackenzie JM, Khromykh AA. 2002. Replication and gene function in Kunjin virus. Jpn. Enceph. West Nile Viruses 267:323–51 147. Weston DP, Amweg EL, Mekebri A, Ogle RS, Lydy MJ. 2006. Aquatic effects of aerial spraying for mosquito control over an urban area. Environ. Sci. Technol. 40:5817–22 148. Yamshchikov G, Borisevich V, Seregin A, Chaporgina E, Mishina M, et al. 2004. An attenuated West Nile prototype virus is highly immunogenic and protects against the deadly NY99 strain: a candidate for live WN vaccine development. Virology 330:304–12 149. Zanotto PM, Gould EA, Gao GF, Harvey PH, Holmes EC. 1996. Population dynamics of flaviviruses revealed by molecular phylogenies. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93:548–53 150. Zeller HG, Schuffenecker I. 2004. WestNile virus: an overview of its spread in Europe and the Mediterranean basin in contrast to its spread in the Americas. Eur. J. Clin. Microbiol. Infect. Dis. 23:147–56 151. Zhang W, Chipman PR, Corver J, Johnson PR, Zhang Y, et al. 2003. Visualization of membrane protein domains by cryo-electron microscopy of dengue virus. Nat. Struct. Biol. 10:907–12
RELATED RESOURCES Annu. Rev. Entomol. 2008.53:61-81. Downloaded from www.annualreviews.org by Universitat Zurich- Hauptbibliothek Irchel on 09/30/13. For personal use only. Reisen W, Brault AC. 2007. West Nile virus in North America: perspectives on epidemiology and intervention. Pest. Manag. Sci. 63:641–46 Samuel MA, Diamond MS. 2006. Pathogenesis of West Nile Virus infection: a balance between virulence, innate and adaptive immunity, and viral evasion. J. Virol. 80:9349–60
www.annualreviews.org • Epidemiology of WNV 81 AR330-FM ARI 9 November 2007 13:20
Annual Review of Entomology Contents Volume 53, 2008
Frontispiece Geoffrey G.E. Scudder ppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppxiv Threads and Serendipity in the Life and Research of an Entomologist Geoffrey G.E. Scudder ppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppp 1 When Workers Disunite: Intraspecific Parasitism by Eusocial Bees Madeleine Beekman and Benjamin P. Oldroyd pppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppp19 Natural History of the Scuttle Fly, Megaselia scalaris R.H.L. Disney ppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppp39 A Global Perspective on the Epidemiology of West Nile Virus Laura D. Kramer, Linda M. Styer, and Gregory D. Ebel pppppppppppppppppppppppppppppp61 Sexual Conflict over Nuptial Gifts in Insects Darryl T. Gwynne ppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppp83 Application of DNA-Based Methods in Forensic Entomology Jeffrey D. Wells and Jamie R. Stevens pppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppp103 Microbial Control of Insect Pests in Temperate Orchard Systems: Potential for Incorporation into IPM Lawrence A. Lacey and David I. Shapiro-Ilan ppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppp121 Annu. Rev. Entomol. 2008.53:61-81. Downloaded from www.annualreviews.org by Universitat Zurich- Hauptbibliothek Irchel on 09/30/13. For personal use only. Evolutionary Biology of Insect Learning Reuven Dukas pppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppp145 Roles and Effects of Environmental Carbon Dioxide in Insect Life Pablo G. Guerenstein and John G. Hildebrand ppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppp161 Serotonin Modulation of Moth Central Olfactory Neurons Peter Kloppenburg and Alison R. Mercer ppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppp179 Decline and Conservation of Bumble Bees D. Goulson, G.C. Lye, and B. Darvill pppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppp191 Sex Determination in the Hymenoptera George E. Heimpel and Jetske G. de Boer ppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppp209
vii AR330-FM ARI 9 November 2007 13:20
The Argentine Ant: Challenges in Managing an Invasive Unicolonial Pest Jules Silverman and Robert John Brightwell ppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppp231 Diversity and Evolution of the Insect Ventral Nerve Cord Jeremy E. Niven, Christopher M. Graham, and Malcolm Burrows pppppppppppppppppp253 Dengue Virus–Mosquito Interactions Scott B. Halstead ppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppp273 Flash Signal Evolution, Mate Choice, and Predation in Fireflies Sara M. Lewis and Christopher K. Cratsley pppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppp293 Prevention of Tick-Borne Diseases Joseph Piesman and Lars Eisen pppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppp323 Entomological Reactions to Darwin’s Theory in the Nineteenth Century Gene Kritsky pppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppp345 Resource Acquisition, Allocation, and Utilization in Parasitoid Reproductive Strategies Mark A. Jervis, Jacintha Ellers, and Jeffrey A. Harvey ppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppp361 Population Ecology of Insect Invasions and Their Management Andrew M. Liebhold and Patrick C. Tobin ppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppp387 Medical Aspects of Spider Bites Richard S. Vetter and Geoffrey K. Isbister pppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppp409 Plant-Mediated Interactions Between Whiteflies, Herbivores, and Natural Enemies Moshe Inbar and Dan Gerling pppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppp431 Ancient Rapid Radiations of Insects: Challenges for Phylogenetic Analysis ppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppp
Annu. Rev. Entomol. 2008.53:61-81. Downloaded from www.annualreviews.org 449 by Universitat Zurich- Hauptbibliothek Irchel on 09/30/13. For personal use only. James B. Whitfield and Karl M. Kjer Fruit Fly (Diptera: Tephritidae) Host Status Determination: Critical Conceptual, Methodological, and Regulatory Considerations Martín Aluja and Robert L. Mangan ppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppp473 Codling Moth Management and Chemical Ecology Peter Witzgall, Lukasz Stelinski, Larry Gut, and Don Thomson ppppppppppppppppppppp503 Primer Pheromones in Social Hymenoptera Yves Le Conte and Abraham Hefetz ppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppppp523
viii Contents Infection, Genetics and Evolution 12 (2012) 181–190
Contents lists available at SciVerse ScienceDirect
Infection, Genetics and Evolution
journal homepage: www.elsevier.com/locate/meegid
Review West Nile virus population genetics and evolution ⇑ Kendra N. Pesko, Gregory D. Ebel
Department of Pathology, University of New Mexico School of Medicine, 1 University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, NM 87131, USA article info abstract
Article history: West Nile virus (WNV) (Flaviviridae: Flavivirus) is transmitted from mosquitoes to birds, but can cause Received 17 October 2011 fatal encephalitis in infected humans. Since its introduction into North America in New York in 1999, Received in revised form 29 November 2011 it has spread throughout the western hemisphere. Multiple outbreaks have also occurred in Europe over Accepted 30 November 2011 the last 20 years. This review highlights recent efforts to understand how host pressures impact viral pop- Available online 27 December 2011 ulation genetics, genotypic and phenotypic changes which have occurred in the WNV genome as it adapts to this novel environment, and molecular epidemiology of WNV worldwide. Future research directions Keywords: are also discussed. West Nile virus 2011 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. Molecular epidemiology Ó Population genetics Pathogenesis Fitness
Contents
1. Introduction ...... 181 1.1. Molecular biology and replication ...... 181 1.2. Ecology...... 182 2. Historical perspective...... 182 3. Taxonomy and classification ...... 183 4. Molecular epidemiology ...... 183 5. Within-host population dynamics...... 185 6. Genetic correlates of pathogenesis and fitness...... 186 7. Conclusions and future research directions ...... 187 References ...... 187
1. Introduction the evolutionary implications of the host–virus interactions. In this review, we highlight recent advances in research into the popula- West Nile virus (WNV, Flaviviridae: Flavivirus) has emerged in tion and evolutionary dynamics of WNV and identify key areas recent decades as a significant burden to public health in Europe for further research. and the Americas. This emergence, in particular the recent invasion of WNV into North America in 1999 and its subsequent spread 1.1. Molecular biology and replication throughout the new world, has stimulated intense interest in its population genetics and evolution. The dynamics of the WNV WNV is a member of the Japanese Encephalitis virus (JEV) sero- epizootic/epidemic in N. America have been of special interest logical complex of the flaviviruses (Calisher et al., 1989). The virion because they provide insight into a longstanding question in is enveloped, spherical ( 40–60 nm in diameter) and contains a evolutionary and invasion biology: what happens when an exotic single copy of the positive-sense RNA genome (Mukhopadhyay pathogen is introduced into a naïve environment? Both observa- et al., 2003; Brinton, 2009). The WNV genome is approximately tional and laboratory studies have therefore been undertaken to 11,000 nt in length and the translated polyprotein is co- and determine the modes and direction of virus evolution and examine post-translationally cleaved by viral and host-cell proteases into three structural (capsid C, premembrane prM/M, and envelope E) ⇑ Corresponding author. Tel.: +1 505 272 3163; fax: +1 505 272 5186. and seven nonstructural proteins (NS1, NS2A, NS2B, NS3, NS4A, E-mail addresses: [email protected], [email protected] (G.D. Ebel). NS4B and NS5). C, M and E are incorporated into the mature virion,
1567-1348/$ - see front matter Ó 2011 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. doi:10.1016/j.meegid.2011.11.014 182 K.N. Pesko, G.D. Ebel / Infection, Genetics and Evolution 12 (2012) 181–190 while the nonstructural proteins assemble on host cell membranes thought to be extremely important in WNV perpetuation, but where they participate in RNA replication and suppression of the potentially significant as ‘‘bridge’’ vectors (i.e. species that feed host antivirus response (Brinton, 2009, 2001; Westaway et al., indiscriminantly) have been found infected, including Ae. albopic- 2002; Evans et al., 2011; Avirutnan et al., 2011; Ambrose and Mac- tus and Ae. vexans (Turell et al., 2002). Several laboratory studies kenzie, 2011). Overall, the genome organization of WNV, and its have established the competence of these vectors to transmit protein coding strategy are similar to other flaviviruses. WNV (Turell et al., 2005), and field studies have detected both WNV is believed to enter host cells by receptor-mediated endo- avian and mammalian blood in Ae. Vexans, although their relative cytosis that is dependent on an Ig-like fold present in domain III of importance in infecting humans and other hosts is currently un- the E glycoprotein. Virus-containing vesicles enter the endocytic clear (Kilpatrick et al., 2005; Molaei and Andreadis, 2006). WNV pathways, where acidification leads to a major reorganization of has also been detected in Culex pipiens mosquitoes that have fed E homodimers into trimers, exposing a hydrophobic peptide on human blood, indicating this mosquito may be the major bridge (termed the cd loop) contained in the distal portion of domain II vector for infecting humans (Hamer et al., 2008). Although WNV of E. Ultimately this reorganization results in fusion of the viral may infect taxonomically diverse mosquito species throughout and host cell membranes. Identifying specific host receptors for its range, certain Culex species appear to be critically important all flaviviruses has proved difficult and the literature is currently in WNV perpetuation in each geographic region where it persists. ambiguous on which host-cell molecules are so-called attachment Similarly, several bird species appear to be capable of generat- receptors and which, if any, are absolutely required for virus entry. ing sufficiently high viremias to infect mosquitoes and contribute Candidate receptors that have been proposed for WNV include DC- to virus perpetuation. American Crow (Corvus brachyrhynchos)
SIGN, DC-SIGNR and avb3 integrin (Davis et al., 2006; Chu and Ng, deaths near the Bronx Zoo in 1999 heralded the arrival of WNV, 2004a,b). In mosquito cells, a c-type lectin is secreted from infected and these birds have served as useful sentinels since then (Eidson cells and binds virions to enhance uptake involving a phosphatase et al., 2001; Kramer and Bernard, 2001). Viremia in Crows reaches homolog of human CD45, mosPTP-1 (Cheng et al., 2010). Once viral extremely high levels (>1010 PFU/mL of blood) and mortality is RNA is released into host cells, it is immediately translated by host nearly uniform (McLean et al., 2001; Komar et al., 2003). Recently machinery. The resulting viral nonstructural proteins assemble on it has become clear that other massively roosting birds, mainly host membranes and replicate the viral genome. Notably, several American Robins (Turdus migratorius) are important both in enzo- viral nonstructural proteins are multifunctional and the function otic maintenance of WNV in highly active transmission foci, and in of others are poorly defined. Excellent reviews on their roles in fla- driving a feeding shift in Culex mosquitoes that increases human vivirus replication and host cell function have been published re- risk (Kilpatrick et al., 2006). Birds also have been implicated in cently (Bollati et al., 2009). Mature virions exit cells through the spreading WNV throughout its distribution. Most importantly, trans-Golgi network and are released into the extracellular milieu migrating birds have been implicated in transportation of WNV by exocytosis and/or budding at the plasma membrane. Thus, the from Africa throughout the Middle East and into Eurasia and with- life cycle of WNV within cells is similar to other RNA viruses that in the Americas (Rappole et al., 2006; May et al., 2011; Zehender replicate cytoplasmically. However, WNV and other arboviruses et al., 2011; Dusek et al., 2009). Clearly a wide variety of birds have have evolved the ability to replicate in cells of hosts that are widely been found infected by WNV, but the species most important to taxonomically divergent (i.e. arthropods and vertebrates). This virus perpetuation may vary locally. requirement for replication in different host types exerts unique WNV is capable of being transmitted between a surprisingly evolutionary and selective pressures on the virus, which are dis- large variety of hosts. In contrast, the related Dengue virus (DENV, cussed below. Flaviviridae, Flavivirus) maintenance is mainly driven by single mosquito and host species (i.e. Aedes aegypti and human beings). 1.2. Ecology By comparison, the ability of WNV to act as an ecological generalist is quite clear, and may account, in part, for its dispersal throughout Viruses adapt to available ecological niches or they become ex- much of the tropical and temperate world. The molecular and/or tinct. A thorough understanding of what constitutes the ‘‘niche’’ for population mechanisms that form the basis for the relative lack WNV is therefore critical to formulating hypotheses regarding how of host-specificity exhibited by WNV are not fully understood, rep- the virus might evolve in order to maximize its potential to perpet- resenting a critical area for future research. uate. WNV is maintained in nature in an enzootic cycle involving birds and mosquitoes. Although the specific birds and mosquitoes most important for virus perpetuation in any given focus vary lo- 2. Historical perspective cally, they tend to include birds of the order Passeriformes and mos- quitoes of the genus Culex. However, nearly 60 mosquito and 300 The evolutionary dynamics of WNV are of particular interest be- bird species have been found infected, and the species of Culex cause of the emergence of the virus as a significant health burden mosquito that is most important in a given locality is highly vari- in the last 20 years. Originally isolated in 1937 from the blood of a able. For example, in the Northeastern US, Cx. pipiens pipiens is a patient with fever in the West Nile district of Uganda (Smithburn major vector and appears to be responsible for the vast majority et al., 1940), the first outbreaks of WNV disease were associated of virus transmission (Bernard et al., 2001). In the central and wes- with relatively few cases, mild disease and rural settings (Hayes, tern US, however, Cx. tarsalis is the principal vector, while in south- 2001). Strikingly, an outbreak in Romania that occurred in 1996 ern regions of the US, Cx. p. quinquefasciatus is most important (Bell and 1997 involved over 500 reported cases, with a case-fatality et al., 2006; Molaei et al., 2010; Goldberg et al., 2010; Venkatesan rate of approximately 10% (Tsai et al., 1989, 1998). This outbreak and Rasgon, 2010). In Florida, Cx. nigripalpus is the dominant vector was also striking in that it occurred in a temperate urban region. (Vitek et al., 2008; Kramer et al., 2008). This pattern is repeated at a Shortly thereafter, epidemics were reported in the south of Roma- global scale, with the dominant Culex mosquitoes in a given local- nia and in the Volga delta region of Russia. Additional recent epi- ity driving local WNV transmission (Kramer et al., 2008). Culex spe- demics have been reported in Russia, Israel, Greece, France, cies tend to feed mainly on birds in the spring and summer, Hungary, Italy and others (Platonov, 2001; Bin et al., 2001; Papa switching focus to take more mammalian bloodmeals in the fall, et al., 2010; Balenghien et al., 2006; Depoortere et al., 2004; Kutasi when outbreaks of WNV are most likely to occur among humans et al., 2011; Bakonyi et al., 2006; Monaco et al., 2011). Generally, (Kilpatrick et al., 2006). In addition, several mosquito species not these outbreaks occurred in delta regions of major rivers including K.N. Pesko, G.D. Ebel / Infection, Genetics and Evolution 12 (2012) 181–190 183 the Volga, Rhone and Danube. Comprehensive reviews of WNV in The diversity of proposed WNV lineages worldwide reflects the Europe have been published recently (Hubalek and Halouzka, diversity of the vectors involved in virus perpetuation and suggests 1999; Zeller and Schuffenecker, 2004). that WNV or closely related agents have been introduced, and In 1999, WNV was introduced into North America in the New adapted to local transmission cycles on several occasions. York City area, resulting in an equine and avian epizootic, and asso- Taxonomic relationships are not entirely clear, and require ciated human infection, morbidity and mortality (CDC, 1999). The reevaluation, especially with the recent proposal of so many new virus rapidly spread throughout the mainland US and into Canada, WNV lineages. In terms of nucleotide identity, they may be too dis- Mexico, and as far south as Argentina. As has been amply noted, parately related to qualify as part of the same virus species, as the the introduction of WNV at a precisely defined time and place pro- cutoffs proposed by researchers are >84% pairwise sequence iden- vided a relatively unique opportunity to prospectively observe the tity (Kuno et al., 1998) or >79% for inclusion within a species (Ebel adaptation of an exotic RNA virus to an essentially naïve ecosystem. and Kramer, 2009; Charrel et al., 2003), although identity limits for Accordingly, several studies have been conducted to examine the inclusion within a lineage or species are generally arbitrary. evolution of the virus since its introduction (Anderson et al., 2001; According to the first estimate, lineage II WNV would have to be Ebel et al., 2001; Ebel et al., 2004; Beasley et al., 2003; Davis et al., separated into its own species, as it has between 17% and 20% pair- 2005; Bertolotti et al., 2007; McMullen et al., 2011; Armstrong wise distance from lineage I, while the second pairwise distance et al., 2011). Several molecular epidemiologic studies have exam- might prevent proposed lineages III–VI from inclusion in WNV, ined nucleotide sequence data from WNV strains found in birds, as most show greater than 21% pairwise distance from the first mosquitoes and human beings. The most recent of these are dis- two lineages at whole and partial genome levels (Vazquez et al., cussed in detail below and others are reviewed elsewhere (Ebel 2010; Bondre et al., 2007). These lineages appear to show some and Kramer, 2009). The ability of WNV to act as an ecological gener- cross reactivity (Bondre et al., 2007; Bakonyi et al., 2005), may per- alist, in combination with recent increases in intercontinental travel sist in similar transmission cycles, as most have been isolated from and trade, appear to have facilitated its emergence on a global scale. mosquitoes and birds, and appear to form a monophyletic clade when examined alongside Japanese encephalitis virus and Usutu virus (from the same serogroup) but a more systematic examina- 3. Taxonomy and classification tion of relationships between the different lineages is warranted, as they have not been universally accepted (Ebel and Kramer, WNV is classified as a member of the Japanese Encephalitis 2009; Vazquez et al., 2010). The relationships between these differ- complex of the Flaviviruses on the basis of serological cross-reac- ent lineages are further elucidated by Fig. 2, a phylogram based on tivity (Calisher et al., 1989). Within WNV, two major lineages the complete coding sequences for WNV lineages available in (Lineage I and II) are currently accepted, with several additional Genbank. lineages that differ from one another by 5–25% recently proposed Lineage I has been subject to the most intensive study. It is now (Vazquez et al., 2010; Bondre et al., 2007). Lineage I is distributed distributed worldwide, and includes the genotype introduced to throughout much of the world, and is further subdivided into sev- the US in 1999 (NY99). Some genotypes appear to be more patho- eral clades, one of which includes NY-99 (clade Ia), the genotype genic than others, for example NY99 shows enhanced pathogenesis introduced to the US in 1999, another includes Kunjin virus (clade in birds (see below), whereas Kunjin virus (clade Ib) is associated Ib), a variant of West Nile virus endemic to Australia (Ebel and with attenuated infection and decreased neuroinvasion (Brault Kramer, 2009; Lanciotti et al., 1999; May et al., 2011). Lineage II et al., 2007; Daffis et al., 2011). Lineage II is mainly associated with was thought to be restricted to sub-Saharan Africa until recently. less severe disease, and less frequent neuroinvasion. However, re- Since 2004, lineage II has been associated with outbreaks of West cent reports describe encephalitis produced by infection with line- Nile virus in Western and Eastern Europe, and appears to have age II strains in both humans and horses in South Africa (Venter established endemic cycles in Spain and Greece (Papa et al., and Swanepoel, 2010; Venter et al., 2009). Lineage III has only been 2010; 2011; Bakonyi et al., 2006; Vazquez et al., 2010). Lineage isolated from mosquitoes, and did not produce mortality in adult III, also known as ‘‘Rabensburg virus’’, is represented by several iso- mice infected subcutaneously, intraperitoneally, or intracranially lates made from the same region of the Czech Republic in 1997 and (Hubalek et al., 2010). Lineage V viruses from India are also associ- 1999 from Cx. pipiens mosquitoes, and 2006 from a pool of Ae. ros- ated with lower virulence (Davis et al., 2005; Bondre et al., 2007). sicus (Bakonyi et al., 2005; Hubalek et al., 2010). Lineage IV encom- WNV has thus clearly adapted to a wide array of transmission cy- passes numerous isolates made in Russia, first detected in 1988 cles and environments worldwide. This process of migration and from a Dermacentor tick, and since isolated from mosquitoes and adaptation to these environments has produced the currently ob- frogs in 2002 and 2005 in Russia (May et al., 2011). Lineage V com- served lineages. Additional studies are required in order to define prises 13 isolates from India, collected from humans and Culex differences in virulence, neuroinvasiveness, natural hosts and vec- mosquitoes from the 1950s through 1980, which differ from other tors, and basic ecology for each putative lineage. West Nile lineages by 20–25% at the nucleotide level (Bondre et al., 2007). Recent publications show these strains as basal to lineage I, comprising an independent cluster, lineage Ic (May et al., 2011). An 4. Molecular epidemiology additional, putative sixth lineage has been isolated in Spain from a pool of Cx. pipiens mosquitoes, and appears to be most closely re- Upon its introduction to the United States, WNV was initially lated to lineage IV WNV (Vazquez et al., 2010). Additionally, Kou- recognized by sequence comparisons and phylogenetic analysis tango virus (KOU), a Flavivirus isolated in Senegal, may represent (Lanciotti et al., 1999). The genotype introduced to the New World, a seventh lineage, as it is 25% divergent from other WNV isolates, dubbed NY99 for its initial isolation in New York in 1999, is most although it is currently categorized as a separate species (King closely related to isolates made in Israel in 1998 and Hungary in et al., 2011). Human infection by KOU has not been reported, and 2003 (Zehender et al., 2011; Lanciotti et al., 1999; Jia et al., its serological relationships to established WNV strains and trans- 1999). Initial sequence analysis of the WNV strains isolated during mission cycle are unclear, although partial cross neutralization the first two years in New England showed a remarkable amount of with WNV and KUN has been shown (Charrel et al., 2003; Calisher genetic conservation, indicating a single point of introduction and et al., 1989). The distribution of all described lineages of WNV is very little diversification in WNV populations during this time per- shown in Fig. 1, by country where isolations have been made. iod (Anderson et al., 2001; Ebel et al., 2001; Lanciotti et al., 1999; 184 K.N. Pesko, G.D. Ebel / Infection, Genetics and Evolution 12 (2012) 181–190
Fig. 1. Worldwide map with countries where West Nile virus has been isolated colored as follows: Lineage Ia in light blue; lineage Ib in medium blue; lineage Ic in dark blue, lineage II in red, lineage III or ‘‘Rabensburg’’ virus in purple, lineage IV in orange, recent Spanish lineage (Vazquez et al., 2010) in green, and Koutango virus is colored yellow. Hatched coloring indicates more than one lineage has been isolated from that country. Lineage I distribution is adapted from May et al., 2011, other lineage isolates adapted from Charrel et al., 2003; Vazquez et al., 2010. (For interpretation of the references to color in this figure legend, the reader is referred to the web version of this article.) reviewed in Kramer et al., 2008; Ebel and Kramer, 2009). Subse- 2007). Recent studies, relying on full genome sequences and quently, an additional subtype of WNV, WN02, with an amino acid encompassing samples taken over a number of years after intro- substitution in the envelope protein, A159V, was detected in sam- duction of WNV uncovered more evidence for geographical struc- ples isolated in Texas (Beasley et al., 2003). From 2001 to 2003, ture to samples (McMullen et al., 2011; Armstrong et al., 2011; WN02 rapidly displaced NY99, becoming the dominant genotype Herring et al., 2007; Grinev et al., 2008). A recent analysis indicates in North America (Ebel et al., 2004; Davis et al., 2005). WN02 sequences from the envelope coding region may not be the most strains require a shorter extrinsic incubation period in mosquitoes, phylogenetically informative, and suggests NS3 or NS5 may be bet- which appears to be the mechanism for its increased fitness rela- ter partial sequences for reconstructing the phylogenetic relation- tive to NY99 (Ebel et al., 2004; Moudy et al., 2007). Thus, shortly ships between different isolates, and can provide reconstructions after WNV was introduced into North America, the process of evo- that more closely resemble those resulting from whole genome se- lution led to increases in the basic reproductive rate of this quences (Gray et al., 2010). Several distinct genetic variants of pathogen. WNV have arisen in certain geographical areas, such as Texas As WNV became established throughout North America, the ge- (McMullen et al., 2011; Davis et al., 2004). One attenuated genetic netic diversity present in different types of data sets has led to in- lineage seems to have become extinct after being detected over the sights into its emergence and expansion. Studies have found course of two years (Davis et al., 2005, 2004; Ebel and Kramer, increased genetic diversity in mosquitoes relative to birds (Berto- 2009; Ebel, 2010). Another distinctive genotype, SW/WN03, con- lotti et al., 2007; Amore et al., 2010), perhaps due to different selec- tains several amino acid changes relative to other WN02 and is re- tive pressure from the immune pathways used by these different cently reported to be spreading through numerous states, although hosts, which will be discussed in the section on genetic diversity the phenotype associated with this new genotype has not been below (Brackney et al., 2009). Genetic diversity and therefore esti- characterized (McMullen et al., 2011). It may be that more genetic mated virus population size appeared to initially increase yearly changes accumulated in these WNV populations as they adapted to after introduction to the US, although studies suggest this may local transmission cycles. be leveling off as WNV becomes established endemically (Berto- Recent studies using full genome sequences of WNV from iso- lotti et al., 2007, 2008; Amore et al., 2010; Snapinn et al., 2007). lates made globally have uncovered phylogeographical influences Several studies (Armstrong et al., 2011)showed a lack of geo- on clade 1a distribution (May et al., 2011; Zehender et al., 2011). graphical partitioning among sequences, especially those that This clade seems to have a common ancestor that existed in sub- examined sequence data from isolates sampled immediately after Saharan Africa in the early 20th century, which had multiple the introduction of WNV to novel environments and relied primar- migrations to both Western and Eastern European countries in ily on envelope sequences (Bertolotti et al., 2007, 2008; Davis et al., the 1970s and 1980s, and single introductions to India and K.N. Pesko, G.D. Ebel / Infection, Genetics and Evolution 12 (2012) 181–190 185
flavivirus specific antiviral lycorine, and ability to overcome super- infection exclusion in replicon containing cell lines, which appears to be related to enhanced viral RNA synthesis (Mertens et al., 2010; Zou et al., 2009a,b). Adaptive evolution has also been detected at amino acid sites: E-V431I, NS2A-A224V/T, NS4A-A85T, NS5- K314R, and NS5-R422K although the functional significances of these sites are unclear (May et al., 2011; McMullen et al., 2011). Thus, several of the encoded WNV proteins are subject to positive selection that may lead to increased transmission efficiency and the likelihood for perpetuation in different transmission cycles. Synonymous changes to the WNV genome could also impact its pathogenesis and evolution. Numerous synonymous changes were associated with the new genotype, WN02, and although some of these are assumed to have become fixed by association with other mutations that might confer a selective advantage, they could also exert an effect through codon bias or changes to the RNA genomic structure. The 50 and 30 untranslated regions are well conserved and have essential roles during viral replication (Khromykh et al., 2001; Zhang et al., 2008). Additional studies have shown that other RNA genome structures present in the capsid coding region can operate to upregulate flaviviral replication (Tuplin et al., 2011; Clyde and Harris, 2006). Additionally, codon bias in flaviviruses reflect the host usage (vertebrate only and alternating seem to dis- play vertebrate codon biases, invertebrate only have more inverte- brate bias), so examination of codon bias for a given virus can provide insight into its evolutionary history (Schubert and Putonti, Fig. 2. Radial phylogram showing relationships between different lineages of WNV. 2010). Additional studies are required in order to determine the Complete coding sequences were downloaded from Genbank and aligned manually extent to which nonsynonymous variation impact RNA genomic in BioEdit. Strains used and accession numbers are as follows: JEV, NC_001437; structure in a way that influences WNV phenotype. NY99, lineage Ia, NC_009942; Kunjin, paKUN, lineage Ib, AY274505.1; Indi804994, Indian lineage Ic, DQ256376.1; 956, lineage II, NC_001563; Rabensburg, lineage III, AY765264.1; RussianLEIV, lineage IV, strain Krnd88-190, AY277251.1; Koutango virus, EU082200.1. Bayesian phylogeny is shown, generated with MrBayes 3.1.2 run 5. Within-host population dynamics with a general time reversible (GTR) model with gamma shaped rate variation and invariable sites (Ronquist and Huelsenbeck, 2003). Two Markov chain Monte Carlo Molecular epidemiologic studies such as those discussed in the (MCMC) tree searches of 5000,000 generations each were run in parallel with sampling one in every 1000 trees. Radial 50% majority-rule consensus tree is shown preceding section have provided insights into the selective forces based on the last 3750 trees. Posterior probabilities are given as numbers at each that act on WNV and shown clearly that the virus is a dynamic, node. evolving entity with the capacity to adapt to a wide range of hosts and environments. These findings have stimulated studies aimed at understanding the viral population genetic mechanisms that ac- Australia around the same time (May et al., 2011; Zehender et al., count for this, and to assess whether the two very different kinds 2011). The patterns of distribution from Africa to Europe seem to of host required for WNV perpetuation (mosquitoes and birds) follow white stork migration routes, indicating a possibly impor- influence the WNV population in different ways. Early studies sug- tant role for this bird species in the spread of WNV into that con- gested that within hosts, WNV forms a genetically complex distri- tinent (Zehender et al., 2011). Other mosquito borne Flaviviruses bution of mutants that vary in their degree of nucleotide have also apparently originated in Africa, including yellow fever divergence from the population consensus sequence. Further, and dengue virus (Bryant et al., 2007; Gaunt et al., 2001; Holmes Jerzak et al. (2005) showed that whereas WNV populations in nat- and Twiddy, 2003). urally infected birds are relatively genetically homogeneous and Arboviruses are unique in that they require replication in taxo- purifying selection is strong, in field collected WNV infected mos- nomically divergent hosts – vertebrates and invertebrates (Wea- quitoes they are very diverse, and purifying selection seems to be ver, 2006). This requirement is thought to restrict the amount of relaxed. The observations were supported by a series of laboratory mutation that can occur in arboviruses, relative to single host studies that passed WNV in colonized mosquitoes and chickens viruses (Jenkins et al., 2002). Experimental studies have shown (Jerzak et al., 2007), and cultured cells (Ciota et al., 2007). Impor- lower mutation rates in viruses serially passaged in alternating tantly, the mosquito passed virus was inoculated intrathoracically hosts, relative to those passaged in a single host type (Jerzak and whole mosquitoes were triturated to obtain passed WNV, et al., 2007; Coffey et al., 2008; Coffey and Vignuzzi, 2011). To date, bypassing putative transmission barriers in the midgut and salivary numerous studies have shown purifying or negative selection is glands (Hardy et al., 1983; Ciota et al., 2008). A highly similar study dominant in arbovirus populations, including West Nile virus (Ber- conducted using virus obtained from mosquito saliva failed to con- tolotti et al., 2007, 2008; McMullen et al., 2011; Armstrong et al., firm these results raising the possibility that infection of, or escape 2011; Amore et al., 2010; Jerzak et al., 2005). In WNV phylogenetic from salivary glands might constitute a population bottleneck in analyses, only a few genetic changes have been identified that ap- the WNV system (Ciota et al., 2008; Ciota and Kramer, 2010). None- pear to be the subject of positive selective pressure. These include theless, several studies have clearly established that mosquitoes the amino acid residue associated with increased pathogenesis and birds exert different evolutionary pressures on WNV. among North American birds, NS3 T249P and a mutation to The mechanistic basis for this difference has been addressed NS4A, or the 2 K protein (V135M or V9M) (Armstrong et al., from a variety of perspectives. First, vertebrates and invertebrates 2011; Brault et al., 2007). The valine to methionine mutation in respond to virus infections differently. In vertebrates, the earliest NS4A/2K is associated with OAS1b resistance, resistance to the responses to infection by RNA viruses are dominated by type I 186 K.N. Pesko, G.D. Ebel / Infection, Genetics and Evolution 12 (2012) 181–190 interferon (IFNa/b). This response is triggered when RIG-I senses a wave of epidemic cases among humans (Murray et al., 2010a). dsRNA in host cell cytosol, initiating signaling cascades that ulti- Studies have identified a single amino acid substitution in the mately result in an antiviral state in the cell (reviewed in (Daffis NS3 helicase coding region, T249P, that increased morbidity and et al., 2009)). Therefore, in vertebrates, WNV may be required to viral load in American crows, and appeared to be under selective essentially ‘‘outrun’’ the antiviral state in infected individuals. This pressure in areas with multiple genotypes present (Brault et al., would result in strong purifying selection that has been observed 2007, 2004). After establishment of this initial pathogenic strain after virus replication in these hosts (Ding, 2010; Jerzak et al., of WNV across the US, phylogenetic analysis of WNV sequences de- 2007), where presumably all or nearly all nonsynonymous muta- tected a new genotype, WN02, which displaced the initial strain tion results in genomes of diminished fitness. NY99 in less than 4 years (Ebel et al., 2004; Davis et al., 2005). This In contrast, insects respond to virus infection mainly through new genotype had a single amino acid substitution in the envelope RNA interference (RNAi), which is also triggered by dsRNA within coding protein, V159A, that significantly decreased the extrinsic cells (reviewed in (Ding, 2010)). Ultimately, virus-derived small- incubation time from virus infection until transmission by Cx. pipi- interfering RNAs (viRNAs) are loaded into the RNA induced ens mosquitoes important vectors in the northeastern United silencing complex (RISC) to degrade target viral RNA in a se- States (Moudy et al., 2007; Kilpatrick et al., 2008). This mutation quence-specific manner. Therefore, the antiviral state in mosquito occurs nearby the envelope glycosylation motif for WNV, which cells seems to drive WNV diversification through a mechanism is at nucleotide positions 154–156 in the envelope coding akin to negative, frequency-dependant selection, wherein rare sequence. genotypes (i.e. those that do not match common guide sequences Envelope protein glycosylation sites are conserved throughout loaded into the RISC) are favored because they are less efficiently the genus Flavivirus, although natural variation in glycosylation degraded (Brackney et al., 2009). The precise relationship between is present in populations of WNV (Adams et al., 1995; Berthet this mechanism and the observed lack of purifying selection in et al., 1997; Shirato et al., 2004; Hanna et al., 2005). An N linked mosquitoes has not been resolved or adequately addressed, and glycosylation site at position 154 in the envelope protein has been may represent two sides of the same coin. Overall, WNV popula- associated with increased neuroinvasiveness for WNV in mice, and tion biology seems to be dominated by largely opposing forces that increased virulence and viremia in young chicks (Shirato et al., exist within its natural transmission cycle. Specifically, WNV 2004; Beasley et al., 2005; Murata et al., 2010). Envelope protein undergoes alternating cycles of genetic expansion in mosquitoes glycosylation is also necessary for efficient transmission by Cx. that generates novel genotypes, and purification in birds that pipiens, Cx. tarsalis, and Cx. quinquefasciatus, but not Cx. pipiens pal- ensures that high fitness is maintained. lens, thus it influences vector competence in a species specific way Other forces that influence WNV genetic diversity also have (Murata et al., 2010; Moudy et al., 2009). Glycosylation patterns been examined recently. Population bottlenecks can stochastically from virus propagated in insect versus vertebrate cells also seem reduce population diversity and lead to fitness declines through to influence the ability of envelope protein to modulate innate im- the action of Muller’s ratchet (Duarte et al., 1992). Convention mune response, and leads to different patterns of infectivity and holds that in natural transmission cycles, arboviruses undergo pop- propagation in different cell types, thus the role of glycosylation ulation bottlenecks as they pass through mosquitoes, where they is also host specific (Hanna et al., 2005; Arjona et al., 2007). seem to sequentially infect the epithelium of the mosquito midgut, The mechanism behind envelope protein glycosylation and peripheral tissues and ultimately the salivary glands, from which modulation of WNV activity could be related to a number of differ- they are released into salivary secretions that are inoculated during ent phenomena. The ability of WNV envelope to suppress dsRNA mosquito feeding (Hardy et al., 1983). Such population bottlenecks activated innate immune response is dependent on glycosylation have been described for alphaviruses and flaviviruses. Studies status, which leads to increased inflammatory cytokine production examining early mosquito infection by Venezuelan equine enceph- for cells infected with virus lacking glycosylation (Arjona et al., alitis virus (VEEV; Togaviridae, Alphavirus) and WNV demon- 2007). Envelope glycosylation status influences ability to survive strated that only a few midgut cells are susceptible to infection, in lower pH environments (Beasley et al., 2005; Langevin et al., suggesting that anatomical bottlenecks may reduce genetic vari- 2011). Genomes lacking the envelope glycosylation site have de- ability (Smith et al., 2008). Conversely, identical non-consensus creased replication, which may be related to budding of mature WNV genomes have been detected in intrahost populations infect- virions from the lumen of the endoplasmic reticulum rather than ing birds in a single transmission focus, suggesting that population the plasma membrane (Berthet et al., 1997; Shirato et al., 2004; bottlenecks may not be as restrictive as had been assumed (Jerzak Li et al., 2006). Abolishing the N linked glycosylation site on et al., 2005), and defective DENV genomes appear to perpetuate in WNV envelope also influences receptor interactions, as it decreases transmission cycles through complementation (Aaskov et al., greatly the ability of WNV to bind DC-SIGNR (Davis et al., 2006). 2006). Supporting this, Brackney et al. recently failed to document One or a combination of these mechanisms, or perhaps a mecha- significant population bottlenecks during infection of Cx. quinque- nism yet to be uncovered may explain the increased virulence of fasciatus mosquitoes by WNV (Brackney et al., 2011). It may be that WNV with envelope N-linked glycosylation. the importance of bottlenecks during arbovirus transmission is a Strains associated with greater neuroinvasiveness and patho- function of the specific virus–host system under study, and not genesis in mice and humans tend to be better controllers of inter- consistent across systems. feron mediated responses (Daffis et al., 2011, 2009). Numerous WNV proteins may modulate the interferon signaling cascade in vertebrate hosts, including all nonstructural coding proteins 6. Genetic correlates of pathogenesis and fitness (NS1: Wilson et al., 2008, NS2A/B: Liu et al., 2006, NS3: Liu et al., 2005, NS4A/B: Muñoz-Jordán et al., 2003 NS5: Laurent-Rolle Molecular genetic and phenotypic studies of WNV mutants and et al., 2010; reviewed, Diamond et al., 2009; Samuel and Diamond, engineered clones have revealed multiple genetic variations corre- 2006). With the advent of reverse genetics, recent studies have lated with increased or decreased pathogenicity. WNV was long determined distinct amino acid changes in certain residues that thought to be a less pathogenic flavivirus, with sporadic epidemics are correlated with changed ability to control host immune producing little or no mortality in human populations up until the responses. For example, a single residue at position 653 in NS5 early 1990s (Hayes, 2001). The recent introduction of WNV to the appears to be responsible for the enhanced ability of NY99 like United States was marked by large die offs in bird populations, and viruses to suppress interferon response. In North American K.N. Pesko, G.D. Ebel / Infection, Genetics and Evolution 12 (2012) 181–190 187 genotype 1a viruses, position 653 of NS5 is a phenylalanine, emerging as a significant health issue in particular regions of the whereas in the less pathogenic Kunjin virus, this position is a ser- US (Murray et al., 2010b). The extent to which viral genetic and ine, and if these residues are switched through reverse genetics, population determinants influence this has not been adequately suppression is enhanced for Kunjin and depleted for NY99 addressed. In cell culture, establishment of persistent infection (Laurent-Rolle et al., 2010). Another example comes from studies with Flaviviruses can occur with subgenomic replicons or the of the host factor OAS1b which appears to confer natural resistance development of defective interfering particles (DIPs) (Zou et al., to WNV (Samuel and Diamond, 2006; Lucas et al., 2003). Virus cul- 2009b; Yoon et al., 2006). A second pressing matter is a reevalua- tivated in the presence of OAS1b can circumvent this factor by tion of the serological relationships within the Japanese encephali- mutating at several residues, including NS3-S365G, which seems tis serogroup. Molecular genetic studies have proposed numerous to lower the requirement of ATP for the ATPase dependent cleav- lineages of WNV beyond the traditional two lineages recognized age activity of this protease, and 2K-V9M, which generally en- previously. The basic biology, transmission cycle, host range and hances viral RNA synthesis (Mertens et al., 2010). Virus strains pathogenicity of these putative lineages should also be studied fur- with higher rates of replication may be positively selected ther. Additionally, numerous amino acid residues may be under (Armstrong et al., 2011). Studies like this that correlate genotype positive selection, but the roles of these residues are still unclear. with phenotype, and determine the underlying mechanisms, Reverse genetic studies should be undertaken to determine the should expand our understanding of virus pathogenesis and the influence of these changes on WNV biology. With the advent of forces shaping the emergence of pathogenic phenotypes. new sequencing technologies, our ability to design and conduct Attenuated genotypes of WNV emerged during the course of its experiments into immune responses of hosts to viral infection spread across the United States. In Texas, a number of small plaque and viral population biology has greatly increased. The role of RNAi variants of WNV that displayed reduced neuroinvasiveness in mice in generating viral diversity, the potential bottlenecks associated were detected in 2003 (Davis et al., 2004). Comparison to NY99 with the WNV transmission cycle, and the interaction of individu- strain followed by introduction of similar mutations into an infec- als within a viral population may all become better understood tious clone identified a combination of mutations to NS4, NS5, and with deep sequencing approaches. Finally, more collaboration be- the 30 UTR as being necessary for the attenuated phenotype found tween people studying ecology, epidemiology, molecular genetics, in one bird sample (Davis et al., 2007, 2004). Further analysis of and pathology of WNV could lead to greater insight into its overall other samples from the same region found that different amino biology. acid substitutions in these strains appear to confer attenuation, We have highlighted major advances in WNV biology over the indicating multiple pathways towards attenuated phenotypes past decade, including understanding of host specific selective (May et al., 2010). A single amino acid substitution in the central pressures on viral populations, genotypic correlates with patho- portion of NS4B, C102S, was enough to attenuate neurovirulence genic phenotypes, and phylogenetic relationships between differ- in mice (Wicker et al., 2006). Lineage II WNV has been associated ent lineages, strains, and genotypes. Molecular epidemiology with encephalitis and more severe disease only rarely, but compar- studies continue to elucidate the spread and evolutionary change ison of the strains isolated from patients with more severe disease that is ongoing in WNV populations. to less virulent strains indicates an enhanced role for NS proteins in determining virulence, relative to structural proteins, similar to findings for lineage I (Botha et al., 2008). References
Aaskov, J., Buzacott, K., Thu, H.M., Lowry, K., Holmes, E.C., 2006. Long-term transmission of defective RNA viruses in humans and Aedes mosquitoes. Science 7. Conclusions and future research directions 311, 236. Adams, S., Broom, A., Sammels, L., Hartnett, A., Howard, M., Coelen, R., Mackenzie, J., In recent decades, WNV has emerged as one of the most inten- Hall, R., 1995. Glycosylation and antigenic variation among Kunjin virus sely studied arthropod borne viruses. The spread of WNV through- isolates. Virology 206, 49–56. Ambrose, R.L., Mackenzie, J.M., 2011. West Nile virus differentially modulates the out North America and periodic outbreaks in Eastern and Western unfolded protein response to facilitate replication and immune evasion. J. Virol. Europe have enhanced worldwide interest in understanding viral, 85, 2723. host, and ecological factors that result in outbreaks. Due to the Amore, G., Bertolotti, L., Hamer, G.L., Kitron, U.D., Walker, E.D., Ruiz, M.O., Brawn, J.D., Goldberg, T.L., 2010. Multi-year evolutionary dynamics of West Nile virus availability of an increasing number of complete genome se- in suburban Chicago, USA, 2005–2007. Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond. B. Biol. Sci. quences (as of October 12, 2011, 479 are currently available on 365, 1871–1878. GenBank) major advances have occurred in understanding its Anderson, J.F., Vossbrinck, C.R., Andreadis, T.G., Iton, A., Beckwith, W.H., Mayo, D.R., 2001. A phylogenetic approach to following West Nile virus in Connecticut. molecular epidemiology, particularly in North America. Collec- Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 98, 12885. tively, these studies have clearly demonstrated that WNV is a dy- Arjona, A., Ledizet, M., Anthony, K., Bonafé, N., Modis, Y., Town, T., Fikrig, E., 2007. namic virus population that is able to perpetuate in and adapt to West Nile virus envelope protein inhibits dsRNA-induced innate immune responses. J. Immunol. 179, 8403. a wide range of ecological settings through mutation and selection. Armstrong, P.M., Vossbrinck, C.R., Andreadis, T.G., Anderson, J.F., Pesko, K.N., In addition, since the virus transmission cycle is relatively tractable Newman, R.M., Lennon, N.J., Birren, B.W., Ebel, G.D., Henn, M.R., 2011. Molecular in the laboratory using colonized mosquitoes and captive wild or evolution of West Nile virus in a northern temperate region: Connecticut, USA 1999–2008. Virology 417, 203–210. domestic birds, experimental studies have provided insights into Avirutnan, P., Hauhart, R.E., Somnuke, P., Blom, A.M., Diamond, M.S., Atkinson, J.P., how different components of the transmission cycle influence virus 2011. Binding of Flavivirus Nonstructural Protein NS1 to C4b Binding Protein population genetics and evolution. These studies have shown that Modulates Complement Activation. J. Immunol. 187, 424. mosquitoes drive WNV diversification through their innate antivi- Bakonyi, T., Hubálek, Z., Rudolf, I., Nowotny, N., 2005. Novel flavivirus or new lineage of West Nile virus, central Europe. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 11, 225–231. rus response and because purifying selection is weak in these Bakonyi, T., Ivanics, E., Erdelyi, K., Ursu, K., Ferenczi, E., Weissenbock, H., Nowotny, hosts, provide a reservoir of genetic diversity that allows the ob- N., 2006. Lineage 1 and 2 strains of encephalitic West Nile virus, central Europe. served adaptation. In contrast, infection of birds ensures that the Emerg. Infect. Dis. 12, 618–623. Balenghien, T., Fouque, F., Sabatier, P., Bicout, D., 2006. Horse-, bird-, and human- resulting variants are of high fitness through strong purifying seeking behavior and seasonal abundance of mosquitoes in a West Nile virus selection. The processes that underpin WNV evolution are thus focus of southern France. J. Med. Entomol. 43, 936–946. beginning to be understood in greater detail. Beasley, D.W.C., Davis, C.T., Guzman, H., Vanlandingham, D.L., Travassos da Rosa, A., Parsons, R.E., Higgs, S., Tesh, R.B., Barrett, A.D.T., 2003. Limited evolution of Several important areas for future research, however, remain. West Nile virus has occurred during its southwesterly spread in the United First, persistent infection of WNV in humans and vertebrates is States. Virology 309, 190–195. 188 K.N. Pesko, G.D. Ebel / Infection, Genetics and Evolution 12 (2012) 181–190
Beasley, D.W.C., Whiteman, M.C., Zhang, S., Huang, C.Y.H., Schneider, B.S., Smith, Daffis, S., Suthar, M.S., Gale Jr., M., Diamond, M.S., 2009. Measure and D.R., Gromowski, G.D., Higgs, S., Kinney, R.M., Barrett, A.D.T., 2005. Envelope countermeasure: type I IFN (IFN-a/b) antiviral response against West Nile protein glycosylation status influences mouse neuroinvasion phenotype of Virus. J. Innate Immun. 1, 435. genetic lineage 1 West Nile virus strains. J. Virol. 79, 8339. Davis, C.T., Beasley, D.W.C., Guzman, H., Siirin, M., Parsons, R.E., Tesh, R.B., Barrett, Bell, J.A., Brewer, C.M., Mickelson, N.J., Garman, G.W., Vaughan, J.A., 2006. West Nile A.D.T., 2004. Emergence of attenuated West Nile virus variants in Texas, 2003. virus epizootiology, central Red River Valley, North Dakota and Minnesota, Virology 330, 342–350. 2002–2005. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 12, 1245–1247. Davis, C.T., Li, L., May, F.J., Bueno Jr., R., Dennett, J.A., Bala, A.A., Guzman, H., Bernard, K., Maffei, J., Jones, S., Kauffman, E., Ebel, G., Dupuis, A., 2001. West Nile Elizondo-Quiroga, D., Tesh, R.B., Barrett, A.D., 2007. Genetic stasis of dominant virus infection in birds and mosquitoes, New York State, 2000. Emerg. Infect. West Nile virus genotype, Houston, Texas. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 13, 601. Dis. 7, 679. Davis, C.W., Nguyen, H.Y., Hanna, S.L., Sánchez, M.D., Doms, R.W., Pierson, T.C., 2006. Berthet, F., Zeller, H., Drouet, M., Rauzier, J., Digoutte, J., Deubel, V., 1997. Extensive West Nile virus discriminates between DC-SIGN and DC-SIGNR for cellular nucleotide changes and deletions within the envelope glycoprotein gene of attachment and infection. J. Virol. 80, 1290. Euro-African West Nile viruses. J. Gen. Virol. 78, 2293. Davis, C.T., Ebel, G.D., Lanciotti, R.S., Brault, A.C., Guzman, H., Siirin, M., Lambert, A., Bertolotti, L., Kitron, U., Goldberg, T.L., 2007. Diversity and evolution of West Nile Parsons, R.E., Beasley, D.W., Novak, R.J., Elizondo-Quiroga, D., Green, E.N., Young, virus in Illinois and the United States, 2002–2005. Virology 360, 143–149. D.S., Stark, L.M., Drebot, M.A., Artsob, H., Tesh, R.B., Kramer, L.D., Barrett, A.D., Bertolotti, L., Kitron, U.D., Walker, E.D., Ruiz, M.O., Brawn, J.D., Loss, S.R., Hamer, G.L., 2005. Phylogenetic analysis of North American West Nile virus isolates, 2001– Goldberg, T.L., 2008. Fine-scale genetic variation and evolution of West Nile 2004: evidence for the emergence of a dominant genotype. Virology 342, 252– Virus in a transmission ‘‘hot spot’’ in suburban Chicago, USA. Virology 374, 381– 265. 389. Depoortere, E., Kavle, J., Keus, K., Zeller, H., Murri, S., Legros, D., 2004. Outbreak of Bin, H., Grossman, Z., Pokamunski, S., Malkinson, M., Weiss, L., Duvdevani, P., Banet, West Nile virus causing severe neurological involvement in children, Nuba C., Weisman, Y., Annis, E., Gandaku, D., 2001. West Nile Fever in Israel 1999– Mountains, Sudan, 2002. Tropical Med. Int. Health 9, 730–736. 2000. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 951, 127–142. Diamond, M.S., Mehlhop, E., Oliphant, T., Samuel, M.A., 2009. The host immunologic Bollati, M., Alvarez, K., Assenberg, R., Baronti, C., Canard, B., Cook, S., Coutard, B., response to West Nile encephalitis virus. Front. Biosci. 14, 3024–3034. Decroly, E., de Lamballerie, X., Gould, E.A., 2009. Structure and functionality in Ding, S.W., 2010. RNA-based antiviral immunity. Nat. Rev. Immunol. 10 (9), 632– flavivirus NS-proteins: perspectives for drug design. Antiviral Res. 644. Bondre, V.P., Jadi, R., Mishra, A., Yergolkar, P., Arankalle, V., 2007. West Nile virus Duarte, E., Clarke, D., Moya, A., Domingo, E., Holland, J., 1992. Rapid fitness losses in isolates from India: evidence for a distinct genetic lineage. J. Gen. Virol. 88, mammalian RNA virus clones due to Muller’s ratchet. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 89, 875. 6015. Botha, E.M., Markotter, W., Wolfaardt, M., Paweska, J.T., Swanepoel, R., Palacios, G., Dusek, R.J., McLean, R.G., Kramer, L.D., Ubico, S.R., Dupuis, A.P., Ebel, G.D., Guptill, Nel, L.H., Venter, M., 2008. Genetic determinants of virulence in pathogenic S.C., 2009. Prevalence of West Nile virus in migratory birds during spring and lineage 2 West Nile virus strains. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 14, 222. fall migration. Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. 81, 1151. Brackney, D.E., Beane, J.E., Ebel, G.D., 2009. RNAi targeting of West Nile virus in Ebel, G.D., 2010. Update on Powassan virus: emergence of a North American tick- mosquito midguts promotes virus diversification. PLoS Pathog. 5, e1000502. borne flavivirus. Annu. Rev. Entomol. 55, 95–110. Brackney, D.E., Pesko, K.N., Brown, I.K., Deardorff, E.R., Kawatachi, J., Ebel, G.D., 2011. Ebel, G.D., Kramer, L.D., 2009. West Nile virus: molecular epidemiology and West Nile virus genetic diversity is maintained during transmission by Culex diversity. In: Diamond, M.S. (Ed.), West Nile Encephalitis Virus Infection. pipiens quinquefasciatus mosquitoes. PLoS One 6, e24466. Springer, pp. 25–43. Brault, A.C., Huang, C.Y.H., Langevin, S.A., Kinney, R.M., Bowen, R.A., Ramey, W.N., Ebel, G.D., Dupuis 2nd, A.P., Ngo, K., Nicholas, D., Kauffman, E., Jones, S.A., Young, D., Panella, N.A., Holmes, E.C., Powers, A.M., Miller, B.R., 2007. A single positively Maffei, J., Shi, P.Y., Bernard, K., Kramer, L.D., 2001. Partial genetic selected West Nile viral mutation confers increased virogenesis in American characterization of West Nile virus strains, New York State, 2000. Emerg. crows. Nat. Genet. 39, 1162–1166. Infect. Dis. 7 (4), 650–653. Brault, A.C., Langevin, S.A., Bowen, R.A., Panella, N.A., Biggerstaff, B.J., Miller, B.R., Ebel, G.D., Carricaburu, J., Young, D., Bernard, K.A., Kramer, L.D., 2004. Genetic and Komar, N., 2004. Differential virulence of West Nile strains for American crows. phenotypic variation of West Nile virus in New York, 2000–2003. Am. J. Trop. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 10, 2161. Med. Hyg. 71, 493–500. Brinton, M.A., 2009. Molecular Biology of West Nile Virus. In: Diamond, M. (Ed.), Eidson, M., Komar, N., Sorhage, F., Nelson, R., Talbot, T., Mostashari, F., McLean, R., West Nile Encephalitis Virus Infection: Viral Pathogenesis and the Host Immune 2001. Crow deaths as a sentinel surveillance system for West Nile virus in the Response. Springer, New York. northeastern United States, 1999. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 7, 615. Brinton, M.A., 2001. Host factors involved in West Nile virus replication. Ann. N. Y. Evans, J.D., Crown, R.A., Sohn, J.A., Seeger, C., 2011. West Nile virus infection induces Acad. Sci. 951, 207–219. depletion of IFNAR1 protein levels. Viral Immunol. 24, 253–263. Bryant, J.E., Holmes, E.C., Barrett, A.D.T., 2007. Out of Africa: a molecular perspective Gaunt, M.W., Sall, A.A., Lamballerie, X.d., Falconar, A.K.I., Dzhivanian, T.I., Gould, on the introduction of yellow fever virus into the Americas. PLoS Pathog. 3, e75. E.A., 2001. Phylogenetic relationships of flaviviruses correlate with their Calisher, C.H., Karabatsos, N., Dalrymple, J.M., Shope, R.E., Porterfield, J.S., epidemiology, disease association and biogeography. J. Gen. Virol. 82, 1867– Westaway, E.G., Brandt, W.E., 1989. Antigenic relationships between 1876. flaviviruses as determined by cross-neutralization tests with polyclonal Goldberg, T.L., Anderson, T.K., Hamer, G.L., 2010. West Nile virus may have hitched a antisera. J. Gen. Virol. 70, 37. ride across the Western United States on Culex tarsalis mosquitoes. Mol. Ecol. CDC, 1999. Outbreak of West Nile-like viral encephalitis—New York, 1999. Morb. 19, 1518–1519. Mortal. Wkly. Rep. 48, 845–849. Gray, R., Veras, N., Santos, L., Salemi, M., 2010. Evolutionary characterization of the Charrel, R., Brault, A., Gallian, P., Lemasson, J.J., Murgue, B., Murri, S., Pastorino, B., West Nile Virus complete genome. Mol. Phylogenet. Evol. 56, 195–200. Zeller, H., De Chesse, R., De Micco, P., 2003. Evolutionary relationship between Grinev, A., Daniel, S., Stramer, S., Rossmann, S., Caglioti, S., Rios, M., 2008. Genetic Old World West Nile virus strains: evidence for viral gene flow between Africa, variability of West Nile virus in US blood donors, 2002–2005. Emerg Infect Dis the Middle East, and Europe. Virology 315, 381–388. 14, 436. Cheng, G., Cox, J., Wang, P., Krishnan, M.N., Dai, J., Qian, F., Anderson, J.F., Fikrig, E., Hamer, G.L., Kitron, U.D., Brawn, J.D., Loss, S.R., Ruiz, M.O., Goldberg, T.L., et al., 2008. 2010. A C-type lectin collaborates with a CD45 phosphatase homolog to Culex Pipiens (Diptera: Culicidae): a bridge vector of West Nile virus to humans. facilitate West Nile virus infection of mosquitoes. Cell 142, 714–725. J. Med. Entomol. 45, 125–128. Chu, J.J., Ng, M.L., 2004a. Infectious entry of West Nile virus occurs through a Hanna, S.L., Pierson, T.C., Sanchez, M.D., Ahmed, A.A., Murtadha, M.M., Doms, R.W., clathrin-mediated endocytic pathway. J. Virol. 78, 10543–10555. 2005. N-linked glycosylation of West Nile virus envelope proteins influences Chu, J.J., Ng, M.L., 2004b. Interaction of West Nile virus with alpha v beta 3 integrin particle assembly and infectivity. J. Virol. 79, 13262. mediates virus entry into cells. J. Biol. Chem. 279, 54533–54541. Hardy, J.L., Houk, E.J., Kramer, L.D., Reeves, W.C., 1983. Intrinsic factors affecting Ciota, A.T., Kramer, L.D., 2010. Insights into arbovirus evolution and adaptation from vector competence of mosquitoes for arboviruses. Annu. Rev. Entomol. 28, 229– experimental studies. Viruses 12, 2594–2617. 262. Ciota, A.T., Lovelace, A.O., Jia, Y., Davis, L.J., Young, D.S., Kramer, L.D., 2008. Hayes, C.G., 2001. West Nile virus: Uganda, 1937, to New York City, 1999. Ann. N. Y. Characterization of mosquito-adapted West Nile virus. J. Gen. Virol. 89, 1633. Acad. Sci. 951, 25–37. Ciota, A.T., Ngo, K.A., Lovelace, A.O., Payne, A.F., Zhou, Y., Shi, P.Y., Kramer, L.D., 2007. Herring, B.L., Bernardin, F., Caglioti, S., Stramer, S., Tobler, L., Andrews, W., Cheng, L., Role of the mutant spectrum in adaptation and replication of West Nile virus. J. Rampersad, S., Cameron, C., Saldanha, J., 2007. Phylogenetic analysis of WNV in Gen. Virol. 88, 865–874. North American blood donors during the 2003–2004 epidemic seasons. Clyde, K., Harris, E., 2006. RNA secondary structure in the coding region of dengue Virology 363, 220–228. virus type 2 directs translation start codon selection and is required for viral Holmes, E.C., Twiddy, S.S., 2003. The origin, emergence and evolutionary genetics of replication. J. Virol. 80, 2170–2182. dengue virus. Infect. Genet. Evol. 3, 19–28. Coffey, L.L., Vasilakis, N., Brault, A.C., Powers, A.M., Tripet, F., Weaver, S.C., 2008. Hubalek, Z., Halouzka, J., 1999. West Nile fever – a reemerging mosquito-borne viral Arbovirus evolution in vivo is constrained by host alternation. Proc. Natl. Acad. disease in Europe. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 5, 643. Sci. 105, 6970. Hubalek, Z., Rudolf, I., Bakonyi, T., Kazdova, K., Halouzka, J., Sebesta, O., Sikutova, S., Coffey, L.L., Vignuzzi, M., 2011. Host alternation of chikungunya virus increases Juricova, Z., Nowotny, N., 2010. Mosquito (Diptera: Culicidae) surveillance for fitness while restricting population diversity and adaptability to novel selective arboviruses in an area endemic for West Nile (Lineage Rabensburg) and Tahyna pressures. J. Virol. 85, 1025. viruses in Central Europe. J. Med. Entomol. 47, 466–472. Daffis, S., Lazear, H.M., Liu, W.J., Audsley, M., Engle, M., Khromykh, A.A., Diamond, Jenkins, G.M., Rambaut, A., Pybus, O.G., Holmes, E.C., 2002. Rates of molecular M.S., 2011. The naturally attenuated Kunjin strain of West Nile virus shows evolution in RNA viruses: a quantitative phylogenetic analysis. J. Mol. Evol. 54, enhanced sensitivity to the host type I interferon response. J. Virol. 85, 5664. 156–165. K.N. Pesko, G.D. Ebel / Infection, Genetics and Evolution 12 (2012) 181–190 189
Jerzak, G.V., Bernard, K., Kramer, L.D., Shi, P.Y., Ebel, G.D., 2007. The West Nile virus Monaco, F., Savini, G., Calistri, P., Polci, A., Pinoni, C., Bruno, R., Lelli, R., 2011. 2009 mutant spectrum is host-dependant and a determinant of mortality in mice. West Nile disease epidemic in Italy: First evidence of overwintering in Western Virology 360, 469–476. Europe? Res. Vet. Sci. 91, 321–326. Jerzak, G., Bernard, K.A., Kramer, L.D., Ebel, G.D., 2005. Genetic variation in West Nile Moudy, R.M., Meola, M.A., Morin, L.L.L., Ebel, G.D., Kramer, L.D., 2007. A newly virus from naturally infected mosquitoes and birds suggests quasispecies emergent genotype of West Nile virus is transmitted earlier and more structure and strong purifying selection. J Gen Virol 86, 2175–2183. efficiently by Culex mosquitoes. Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. 77, 365. Jia, X.Y., Briese, T., Jordan, I., Rambaut, A., Chang Chi, H., Mackenzie, J.S., Hall, R.A., Moudy, R.M., Zhang, B., Shi, P.Y., Kramer, L.D., 2009. West Nile virus envelope Scherret, J., Lipkin, W.I., 1999. Genetic analysis of West Nile New York 1999 protein glycosylation is required for efficient viral transmission by Culex encephalitis virus. The Lancet 354, 1971–1972. vectors. Virology 387, 222–228. Khromykh, A.A., Meka, H., Guyatt, K.J., Westaway, E.G., 2001. Essential role of Mukhopadhyay, S., Kim, B.S., Chipman, P.R., Rossmann, M.G., Kuhn, R.J., 2003. cyclization sequences in flavivirus RNA replication. J. Virol. 75, 6719–6728. Structure of West Nile virus. Science 302, 248. Kilpatrick, A.M., Meola, M.A., Moudy, R.M., Kramer, L.D., 2008. Temperature, viral Muñoz-Jordán, J.L., Sanchez-Burgos, G.G., Laurent-Rolle, M., García-Sastre, A., 2003. genetics, and the transmission of West Nile virus by Culex pipiens mosquitoes. Inhibition of interferon signaling by dengue virus. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 100, PLoS Pathog. 4, e1000092. 14333–14338. Kilpatrick, A.M., Kramer, L.D., Campbell, S.R., Alleyne, E.O., Dobson, A.P., Daszak, P., Murata, R., Eshita, Y., Maeda, A., Maeda, J., Akita, S., Tanaka, T., Yoshii, K., Kariwa, H., 2005. West Nile virus risk assessment and the bridge vector paradigm. Emerg. Umemura, T., Takashima, I., 2010. Glycosylation of the West Nile virus envelope Infect. Dis. 11, 425–429. protein increases in vivo and in vitro viral multiplication in birds. Am. J. Trop. Kilpatrick, A.M., Kramer, L.D., Jones, M.J., Marra, P.P., Daszak, P., 2006. West Nile Med. Hyg. 82, 696. virus epidemics in North America are driven by shifts in mosquito feeding Murray, K.O., Mertens, E., Desprès, P., 2010a. West Nile virus and its emergence in behavior. PLoS Biol. 4, e82. the United States of America. Vet. Res. 41. King, A.M.Q., Lefkowitz, E., Adams, M.J., Carstens, E.B., 2011. Virus Taxonomy: Ninth Murray, K., Walker, C., Herrington, E., Lewis, J.A., McCormick, J., Beasley, D.W., Tesh, Report of the International Committee on Taxonomy of Viruses, 1st edition. R.B., Fisher-Hoch, S., 2010b. Persistent infection with West Nile virus years after Elsevier, San Diego, CA. initial infection. J. Infect. Dis. 201, 2–4. Komar, N., Langevin, S., Hinten, S., Nemeth, N., Edwards, E., Hettler, D., Davis, B., Papa, A., Danis, K., Baka, A., Bakas, A., Dougas, G., Lytras, T., Theocharopoulos, G., Bowen, R., Bunning, M., 2003. Experimental infection of North American birds Chrysagis, D., Vassiliadou, E., Kamaria, F., 2010. Ongoing outbreak of West Nile with the New York 1999 strain of West Nile virus. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 9, 311. virus infections in humans in Greece, July–August 2010. Age 20, 20–29. Kramer, L.D., Styer, L.M., Ebel, G.D., 2008. A global perspective on the epidemiology Papa, A., Xanthopoulou, K., Gewehr, S., Mourelatos, S., 2011. Detection of West Nile of West Nile virus. Annu. Rev. Entomol. 63, 81. virus lineage 2 in mosquitoes during a human outbreak in Greece. Clin. Kramer, L.D., Bernard, K.A., 2001. West Nile virus infection in birds and mammals. Microbiol. Infect. 17 (8), 1176–1180. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 951, 84–93. Platonov, A.E., 2001. West Nile Encephalitis in Russia 1999–2001. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Kuno, G., Chang, G.J.J., Tsuchiya, K.R., Karabatsos, N., Cropp, C.B., 1998. Phylogeny of Sci. 951, 102–116. the genus Flavivirus. J. Virol. 72, 73–83. Rappole, J.H., Compton, B.W., Leimgruber, P., Robertson, J., King, D.I., Renner, S.C., Kutasi, O., Bakonyi, T., Lecollinet, S., Biksi, I., Ferenczi, E., Bahuon, C., Sardi, S., 2006. Modeling movement of West Nile virus in the Western hemisphere. Zientara, S., Szenci, O., 2011. Equine encephalomyelitis outbreak caused by a Vector Borne Zoonotic Dis. 6, 128–139. genetic lineage 2 West Nile virus in Hungary. J. Vet. Intern. Med. 25 (3), 586– Ronquist, F., Huelsenbeck, J.P., 2003. MRBAYES 3: Bayesian phylogenetic inference 591. under mixed models. Bioinformatics 19, 1572–1574. Lanciotti, R., Roehrig, J., Deubel, V., Smith, J., Parker, M., Steele, K., Crise, B., Volpe, K., Samuel, M.A., Diamond, M.S., 2006. Pathogenesis of West Nile virus infection: a Crabtree, M., Scherret, J., 1999. Origin of the West Nile virus responsible for an balance between virulence, innate and adaptive immunity, and viral evasion. J. outbreak of encephalitis in the northeastern United States. Science 286, 2333. Virol. 80, 9349. Langevin, S., Bowen, R., Ramey, W., Sanders, T., Maharaj, P., Fang, Y., Cornelius, J., Schubert, A.M., Putonti, C., 2010. Evolution of the sequence composition of Barker, C., Reisen, W., Beasley, D., 2011. Envelope and pre-membrane structural Flaviviruses. Infect. Genet. Evol. 10, 129–136. amino acid mutations mediate diminished avian growth and virulence of a Shirato, K., Miyoshi, H., Goto, A., Ako, Y., Ueki, T., Kariwa, H., Takashima, I., 2004. Mexican West Nile virus isolate. J. Gen. Virol. 92 (Pt 12), 2810–2820. Viral envelope protein glycosylation is a molecular determinant of the Laurent-Rolle, M., Boer, E.F., Lubick, K.J., Wolfinbarger, J.B., Carmody, A.B., Rockx, B., neuroinvasiveness of the New York strain of West Nile virus. J. Gen. Virol. 85, Liu, W., Ashour, J., Shupert, W.L., Holbrook, M.R., Barrett, A.D., Mason, P.W., 3637. Bloom, M.E., Garcia-Sastre, A., Khromykh, A.A., Best, S.M., 2010. The NS5 protein Smith, D.R., Adams, A.P., Kenney, J.L., Wang, E., Weaver, S.C., 2008. Venezuelan of the virulent West Nile virus NY99 strain is a potent antagonist of type I equine encephalitis virus in the mosquito vector Aedes taeniorhynchus: Infection interferon-mediated JAK-STAT signaling. J. Virol. 84, 3503–3515. initiated by a small number of susceptible epithelial cells and a population Li, J., Bhuvanakantham, R., Howe, J., Ng, M.L., 2006. The glycosylation site in the bottleneck. Virology 372, 176–186. envelope protein of West Nile virus (Sarafend) plays an important role in Smithburn, K., Hughes, T., Burke, A., Paul, J., 1940. A neurotropic virus isolated from replication and maturation processes. J. Gen. Virol. 87, 613–622. the blood of a native of Uganda. Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. 20, 471–473. Liu, W.J., Wang, X.J., Clark, D.C., Lobigs, M., Hall, R.A., Khromykh, A.A., 2006. A single Snapinn, K.W., Holmes, E.C., Young, D.S., Bernard, K.A., Kramer, L.D., Ebel, G.D., 2007. amino acid substitution in the West Nile virus nonstructural protein NS2A Declining growth rate of West Nile virus in North America. J. Virol. 81, 2531. disables its ability to inhibit alpha/beta interferon induction and attenuates Tsai, T., Popovici, F., Cernescu, C., Campbell, G., Nedelcu, N., 1998. West Nile virus virulence in mice. J. Virol. 80, 2396–2404. encephalitis epidemic in southeastern Romania. The Lancet 352, 767–771. Liu, W.J., Wang, X.J., Mokhonov, V.V., Shi, P.-Y., Randall, R., Khromykh, A.A., 2005. Tsai, T.F., Mitchell, C.J., Monath, T.P., 1989. St. Louis encephalitis. In: Anonymous Inhibition of interferon signaling by the New York 99 strain and Kunjin subtype (Ed.), The Arboviruses: Epidemiology and Ecology. CRC, Boca Raton, FL, pp. 113– of West Nile virus involves blockage of STAT1 and STAT2 activation by 143. nonstructural proteins. J. Virol. 79, 1934–1942. Tuplin, A., Evans, D., Buckley, A., Jones, I., Gould, E., Gritsun, T., 2011. Replication Lucas, M., Mashimo, T., Frenkiel, M.P., Simon-Chazottes, D., Montagutelli, X., enhancer elements within the open reading frame of tick-borne encephalitis Ceccaldi, P.E., Guénet, J.L., Desprès, P., 2003. Infection of mouse neurones by virus and their evolution within the Flavivirus genus. Nucleic Acids Res. 39 (16), West Nile virus is modulated by the interferon-inducible 20-50 oligoadenylate 7034–7048. synthetase 1b protein. Immunol. Cell Biol. 81, 230–236. Turell, M.J., Dohm, D.J., Sardelis, M.R., Oguinn, M.L., Andreadis, T.G., Blow, J.A., 2005. May, F.J., Davis, C.T., Tesh, R.B., Barrett, A.D.T., 2011. Phylogeography of West Nile An update on the potential of North American mosquitoes (Diptera: Culicidae) virus: from the cradle of evolution in Africa to Eurasia, Australia, and the to transmit West Nile virus. J. Med. Entomol. 42, 57–62. Americas. J. Virol. 85, 2964. Turell, M.J., Sardelis, M.R., O’Guinn, M.L., Dohm, D.J., 2002. Potential vectors of West May, F.J., Li, L., Davis, C.T., Galbraith, S.E., Barrett, A.D.T., 2010. Multiple pathways to Nile virus in North America. Curr. Top. Microbiol. Immunol. 267, 241–252. the attenuation of West Nile virus in south-east Texas in 2003. Virology 405, 8– Vazquez, A., Sanchez-Seco, M.P., Ruiz, S., Molero, F., Hernandez, L., Moreno, J., 14. Magallanes, A., Tejedor, C.G., Tenorio, A., 2010. Putative new lineage of west nile McLean, R., Ubico, S., Docherty, D., Hansen, W., Sileo, L., McNamara, T., 2001. West virus. Spain. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 16, 549–552. Nile virus transmission and ecology in birds. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 951, 54. Venkatesan, M., Rasgon, J.L., 2010. Population genetic data suggest a role for McMullen, A.R., May, F.J., Li, L., Guzman, H., Bueno Jr., R., Dennett, J.A., Tesh, R.B., mosquito-mediated dispersal of West Nile virus across the western United Barrett, A.D.T., 2011. Evolution of new genotype of West Nile virus in North States. Mol. Ecol. 19, 1573–1584. America. Strain, 17. Venter, M., Human, S., Zaayman, D., Gerdes, G.H., Williams, J., Steyl, J., Leman, Mertens, E., Kajaste-Rudnitski, A., Torres, S., Funk, A., Frenkiel, M.P., Iteman, I., P.A., Paweska, J.T., Setzkorn, H., Rous, G., 2009. Lineage 2 West Nile virus as Khromykh, A.A., Despres, P., 2010. Viral determinants in the NS3 helicase and cause of fatal neurologic disease in horses, South Africa. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 2K peptide that promote West Nile virus resistance to antiviral action of 20,50- 15, 877. oligoadenylate synthetase 1b. Virology 399, 176–185. Venter, M., Swanepoel, R., 2010. West Nile virus lineage 2 as a cause of zoonotic Molaei, G., Cummings, R.F., Su, T., Armstrong, P.M., Williams, G.A., Cheng, M.L., neurological disease in humans and horses in southern Africa. Vector Borne Webb, J.P., Andreadis, T.G., 2010. Vector–host interactions governing Zoonotic Dis. 10, 659–664. epidemiology of West Nile virus in Southern California. Am. J. Trop. Med. Vitek, C.J., Richards, S.L., Mores, C.N., Day, J.F., Lord, C.C., 2008. Arbovirus Hyg. 83, 1269. transmission by Culex nigripalpus in Florida, 2005. J. Med. Entomol. 45, 483. Molaei, G., Andreadis, T.G., 2006. Identification of avian-and mammalian-derived Weaver, S.C., 2006. Evolutionary influences in arboviral disease. Curr. Top. bloodmeals in Aedes vexans and Culiseta melanura (Diptera: Culicidae) and its Microbiol. Immunol. 299, 285–314. Implication for West Nile Virus transmission in Connecticut, USA. J. Med. Westaway, E.G., Mackenzie, J.M., Khromykh, A.A., 2002. Replication and gene Entomol. 43, 1088–1093. function in Kunjin virus. Curr. Top. Microbiol. Immunol. 267, 323–351. 190 K.N. Pesko, G.D. Ebel / Infection, Genetics and Evolution 12 (2012) 181–190
Wicker, J.A., Whiteman, M.C., Beasley, D.W.C., Davis, C.T., Zhang, S., Schneider, B.S., Zeller, H., Schuffenecker, I., 2004. West Nile virus: an overview of its spread in Higgs, S., Kinney, R.M., Barrett, A.D.T., 2006. A single amino acid substitution in Europe and the Mediterranean basin in contrast to its spread in the Americas. the central portion of the West Nile virus NS4B protein confers a highly Eur. J. Clin. Microbiol. Infect. Dis. 23, 147–156. attenuated phenotype in mice. Virology 349, 245–253. Zhang, B., Dong, H., Stein, D.A., Iversen, P.L., Shi, P.Y., 2008. West Nile virus genome Wilson, J.R., de Sessions, P.F., Leon, M.A., Scholle, F., 2008. West Nile virus cyclization and RNA replication require two pairs of long-distance RNA nonstructural protein 1 inhibits TLR3 signal transduction. J. Virol. 82, 8262– interactions. Virology 373, 1–13. 8271. Zou, G., Puig-Basagoiti, F., Zhang, B., Qing, M., Chen, L., Pankiewicz, K.W., Felczak, K., Yoon, S.W., Lee, S.Y., Won, S.Y., Park, S.H., Park, S.Y., Jeong, Y.S., 2006. Yuan, Z., Shi, P.Y., 2009a. A single-amino acid substitution in West Nile virus 2K Characterization of homologous defective interfering RNA during persistent peptide between NS4A and NS4B confers resistance to lycorine, a flavivirus infection of Vero cells with Japanese encephalitis virus. Mol. Cells 21, 112–120. inhibitor. Virology 384, 242–252. Zehender, G., Ebranati, E., Bernini, F., Presti, A.L., Rezza, G., Delogu, M., Galli, M., Zou, G., Zhang, B., Lim, P.Y., Yuan, Z., Bernard, K.A., Shi, P.Y., 2009b. Exclusion of Ciccozzi, M., 2011. Phylogeography and epidemiological history of West Nile West Nile virus superinfection through RNA replication. J. Virol. 83, 11765– virus genotype 1a in Europe and the Mediterranean basin. Infect. Genet. Evol. 11 11776. (5), 863–868. VIRAL IMMUNOLOGY Volume 16, Number 3, 2003 © Mary Ann Liebert, Inc. Pp. 259–278
Review
Innate and Adaptive Immune Responses Determine Protection against Disseminated Infection by West Nile Encephalitis Virus
MICHAEL S. DIAMOND, BIMMI SHRESTHA, ERIN MEHLHOP, ELIZABETH SITATI, and MICHAEL ENGLE
ABSTRACT
WNV continues to spread throughout the Western Hemisphere as virus activity in insects and animals has been reported in the United States, Canada, Mexico, and the Caribbean is- lands. West Nile virus (WNV) infects the central nervous system and causes severe disease primarily in humans who are immunocompromised or elderly. In this review, we discuss the mechanisms by which the immune system limits dissemination of WNV infection. Recent ex- perimental studies in animals suggest important roles for both the innate and the adaptive immune responses in controlling WNV infection. Interferons, antibody, complement com- ponents and CD81 T cells coordinate protection against severe infection and disease. These findings are analyzed in the context of recent approaches to vaccine development and im- munotherapy against WNV.
INTRODUCTION
EST NILE VIRUS (WNV) is the etiologic agent of West Nile encephalitis. It is a member of the Fla- Wvivirus genus and is closely related to other arboviruses that cause human disease including dengue, yellow fever, Japanese encephalitis, St. Louis encephalitis, and tick-borne encephalitis viruses. WNV is maintained in a natural cycle between mosquitoes and birds but also infects humans, horses, and other an- imals. It is endemic in parts of Africa, Europe, the Middle East, and Asia (68), and outbreaks in the North America over the past three years indicate that it has established its presence in the Western Hemisphere (103). WNV activity has now been detected in most of the continental United States and Canada (1). Hu- mans develop a febrile illness with a subset of cases progressing to meningitis, encephalitis, or a polio-like paralytic syndrome (5,68,105,106). Currently, no specific therapy or vaccine is approved for human use. WNV is an enveloped RNA virus with a single-stranded, positive-polarity 11-kilobase genome. The struc- tural proteins include a capsid protein (C), an envelope protein (E) that functions in receptor binding, mem-
Departments of Medicine, Molecular Microbiology, Pathology and Immunology, Washington University School of Medicine, St. Louis, Missouri.
259 DIAMOND ET AL. brane fusion, and viral assembly, and a transmembrane protein (prM) that assists in proper folding and func- tion of the E protein. The role of the nonstructural (NS) proteins is not fully delineated but these proteins form the viral protease (NS2B, NS3), NTPase (NS3), RNA helicase (NS3), and RNA-dependent RNA poly- merase (NS5) (25). After binding to an uncharacterized cell surface receptor, virus uptake is believed to occur through receptor-mediated endocytosis (25). In the endosome, an acid-catalyzed conformational change in E (55,87) releases the nucleocapsid into the cytoplasm. At the endoplasmic reticulum membrane, WNV infectious RNA is translated as a polyprotein, and then cleaved into structural and non-structural pro- teins by virus- and host-encoded proteases (111). The structural proteins and non-structural NS1 undergo co-translational translocation, glycosylation, and membrane-associated cleavage, while the other nonstruc- tural proteins are translated in the cytoplasm (48,85,86,121). The positive strand genomic RNA serves as a template for RNA replication to generate the negative strand RNA. This negative sense strand functions as a template for the production of additional positive strand RNA. After replication, assembly and pack- aging take place at the endoplasmic reticulum and viral particles are exocytosed via secretory vesicles (Fig. 1). Intense study of WNV pathogenesis and the nature of the protective immune system response have ac- companied the current epidemic. Host factors clearly influence the expression of WNV disease in humans (20). Infants, the elderly, and those with impaired immune systems are at greatest risk for severe neuro- logical disease (5,68,173). Similarly, in animals, the maturation and integrity of the immune system corre- lates with resistance to WNV infection (42,44,45,62,180). The purpose of this review is to outline the mech- anisms by which the innate and adaptive immune systems limit dissemination of WNV infection into the central nervous system (CNS).
FIG. 1. Intracellular lifecycle of WNV. WNV attaches to susceptible cells through an as yet uncharacterized cell surface receptor and enters cells via receptor-mediated endocytosis. After acidification of the endosome, the E protein undergoes a conformational change that facilitates membrane fusion and nucleocapsid escape into the cytoplasm. Vi- ral RNA binds to ribosomes in the cytoplasm and is recruited to the rough endoplasmic reticulum where translation of the polyprotein from a single open reading frame ensues. The polyprotein is cleaved post-translationally by viral and host proteases. Translation, replication, and packaging are coupled processes and nascent viruses accumulate in mem- brane-derived vesicles prior to secretion by the cellular exocytosis machinery.
260 IMMUNE SYSTEM PROTECTION AGAINST WNV INFECTION
PATHOGENESIS OF WNV INFECTION
Infection experiments in animals have provided insight into the sequence of events that define WNV pathogenesis (Fig. 2). As with many flaviviruses, WNV infection occurs after inoculation by an infected mosquito. The initial round of replication is believed to occur in the skin in Langerhans dendritic cells (67,76,109,122,182). Based on experiments with the related dengue virus, the dendritic cell surface glyco- protein DC-SIGN (CD209) may be important for viral attachment and entry (169). Infected dendritic cells migrate to draining lymph nodes (19,75) where the risk of dissemination is countered by the development of an early immune response. Factors in the saliva of the insect vector may facilitate WNV virus trans- mission by altering the local and systemic host immune response. For example, sialokinin-I, a mosquito salivary protein, down-regulates IFN-g production and up-regulates the TH2 cytokines, IL-4 and IL-10 (186). After reaching secondary lymphoid tissues, a second round of WNV replication occurs, leading to its en- try into the circulation via the efferent lymphatic system and thoracic duct. Viremia ensues and after spread to visceral organs (e.g., kidney, and spleen), WNV disseminates to the brain and spinal cord (42,183,184). Although several studies have defined the neuron as the principle cellular target of infection in the CNS (42,44,105,106,165,183,184), the tropism in lymphoid and visceral organs and the molecular basis of WNV attachment remain unknown. Moreover, the mechanism by which WNV disseminates into the CNS also re-
FIG. 2. WNV pathogenesis. WNV infects animals after mosquito (e.g., Culex pipens) inoculation. Infection is pre- sumed to begin in subdermal Langerhans cells. Infected dendritic cells migrate to draining lymph nodes and produce interferons that limit spread. In the lymph node, replication occurs in a cell type that has not been definitively identi- fied. Candidate cell types include macrophages and follicular dendritic cells. Infectious virus exits the efferent limb and enters the circulation via the thoracic duct. Natural antibodies (IgM), interferons, and complement control the initial levels of virus in the blood. Viremia allows spread to secondary visceral organs (e.g., liver, kidney, spleen) and facil- itates crossing of the blood-brain barrier by an as yet uncharacterized mechanism that may involve the epithelial cells of the choroids plexus, the endothelial cells of inflamed vessels, or an infected carrier cell (e.g., monocyte or T cell).
261 DIAMOND ET AL. mains unclear. WNV may cross the blood–brain barrier via a hematogenous route (42,73,74) by passive transport across the endothelium or epithelial cells of the choroid plexus, by active replication in endothe- lial cells, or by a “Trojan horse” mechanism in which virus is carried into the brain by infected inflamma- tory cells (18,72,162). Alternatively, under certain conditions, WNV may invade the CNS directly from the olfactory mucosa (2,135) with subsequent spread to other regions by retrograde axonal transport.
INNATE IMMUNE RESPONSE TO WNV
Interferons. In vitro and in vivo studies have demonstrated that interferon-dependent innate immune re- sponses are essential for protection against flavivirus infections. However, many of these protection experiments were performed with related flaviviruses, and not directly with WNV. Dendritic cells may be one of the first cells to produce IFN in response to infection (109). IFN binds to cell surface receptors and triggers a complex signal transduction and transcriptional response pathway that is mediated by janus kinases (JAK) and signal transducers and activators of transcription (STAT) molecules (11,164). Effector molecules are synthesized that induce an antiviral state and limit virus replication. Type I IFN (a or b) block flavivirus infection by prevent- ing translation and replication of infectious viral RNA (39,41); this occurs at least partially through an RNAse L, Mx1, and PKR-independent mechanism (3,39,41). Type II IFN (g) inhibits flavivirus replication by signal- ing through the JAK-STAT signal transduction pathway, generating proinflammatory and antiviral molecules, including nitric oxide (110) and enhancing the phagocytic activity of myeloid cells. Type I (a or b) and II (g) IFN inhibit flavivirus infection in cell culture and in animals (39,41,71,107,108,110), and have been recently shown to directly inhibit WNV infection in Vero cells (3) and neurons (159). Embryonal fibroblasts that lack receptors for IFN a/b or STAT1 molecules are highly susceptible to infection with WNV (Diamond, unpublished data). The importance of IFN in preventing fla- vivirus infection has been confirmed in mouse models of disease. Pretreatment of mice with IFN-a pre- vents Saint Louis encephalitis and yellow fever virus infection (16,166) and mice that are deficient in type I and II IFN function have increased morbidity and mortality after dengue and Murray Valley encephalitis virus infections (71,116; Shresta and Harris, unpublished data). Moreover, mice that lack IFN g or IFN g receptors also have increased lethality after infection with WNV or Murray Valley encephalitis virus (116; Engle and Diamond, unpublished data). While these studies strongly suggest an inhibitory activity of IFN against WNV, definition of the precise stage in pathogenesis at which IFN exerts its inhibitory effect re- quires additional virologic and immunologic studies in animal models. Flavivirus resistance gene. In the mouse, an additional innate resistance to infection by WNV and other flaviviruses has been mapped to the Flv resistance gene on chromosome 5 (152,174). Resistant mice can be infected by WNV but the virus titers in tissues are 3 to 4 logs lower than in susceptible animals (35,36). The flavivirus resistant allele was recently characterized. Susceptible mouse strains have an isoform of the 2959 oligoadenylate sythetase (OAS) gene that is truncated and lacks 30% of the C-terminal sequence (125,144). Expression of the full-length OAS gene in susceptible cells conferred partial resistance to WNV infection. Although OAS activates the IFN-induced antiviral effector molecule RNAse L, this innate fla- vivirus resistance may be independent of IFN (15,36) since treatment with anti-IFN antibodies did not ab- rogate the resistance phenotype in animals or in cell culture. Resistance may be associated with a function of the L1 isoform of OAS that is independent of the synthesis of 2959 adenylate oligomers and activation of RNAse L (151). Indeed, other OAS isoforms have alternate functional motifs in their C-terminal regions: the 9-2 isozyme of OAS encodes a Bcl-2 homology domain that promotes apoptosis (52). Further studies are required to determine the mechanism by which the L1 isoform of OAS confers protection, and whether analogous genetic polymorphisms exist that could explain differential susceptibility to flavivirus infection in humans or other animals.
HUMORAL IMMUNE RESPONSE TO WNV
Antibody response. Humoral immunity is an essential component of the immune response to WNV and other flaviviruses as neutralizing antibodies limit dissemination of infection. The role of antibodies in the
262 IMMUNE SYSTEM PROTECTION AGAINST WNV INFECTION protection against infection has been studied extensively in mouse models of flavivirus infection including WNV. Passive transfer of polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies prior to infection protects mice against lethal flavivirus challenge (42,65,66,81,88,126,150,156,158) and mice that lack B cells are vulnerable to WNV infection (29,42,62). Antibodies are speculated to protect against WNV infection by direct neutralization of receptor binding, through Fc-receptor–dependent viral clearance, by complement-mediated lysis of virus or infected cells, and by antibody-dependent cytotoxicity (ADCC). Most neutralizing antibodies recognize the structural E protein although some recognize prM (31,46,81,145,176). Several groups have generated non- neutralizing, yet protective mAbs against flavivirus NS1 (38,47,66,148,154,155,157,158), a protein that is absent from the virion. Because NS1 associates with the surface of infected cells and protective monoclonal antibodies against NS1 have strong complement fixing activity (59), complement-mediated cytolysis and ADCC have been proposed as mechanisms for protection (47,59,148,155). The importance of antibodies in the protection against WNV infection has been highlighted by recent studies in antibody-deficient mice (42). B cell–deficient mice that lack antibodies rapidly and uniformly de- veloped encephalitis after infection with WNV; higher levels of infectious virus were detected both pe- 0 ripherally and in the CNS. Moreover, the 50% lethal dose (LD50) was markedly lower: 10 PFU for B cell- deficient mice compared to 107 PFU for wild-type mice. Antibody directly limited viremia and the dissemination of WNV early during the course of infection: B cell-deficient mice had a ,500-fold increase in serum viral load at day 4 after infection that led to a markedly increased viral burden in neurons in the CNS at day 6 and provoked a rapidly fatal encephalitis. Our most recent studies indicate that antibodies are necessary but not sufficient for eradication of infection (Engle and Diamond, unpublished data). Passive transfer of immune serum to C57BL/6 RAG1 mice that lack both B and T cells prior to infection with WNV protected mice against morbidity and mortality during the first 30 days; no viremia or viral burden was de- tected. However, as the titer of antibody declined, RAG1 mice developed CNS infection and succumbed to disease within 60 days of the initial virus challenge. Thus, immune antibodies control WNV dissemination, but by themselves, are unable to eliminate WNV persistence from an as yet unidentified tissue compart- ment. Specific antibodies against WNV were initially detected 4 days after infection in wild-type mice, the same time when high-grade viremia was first detected in B cell-deficient mice (42). An isotype-specific ELISA confirmed that these were exclusively IgM. Passive transfer of these low-titer IgM against WNV, derived from wild-type mice 4 days after infection, prolonged survival of B cell-deficient mice (42) and completely protected wild-type mice against WNV infection. Specific IgM may limit WNV dissemination by temporarily containing viremia and/or by triggering an adaptive IgG or T cell response that controls vi- ral infection (138,139). Our most recent experiments with C57BL/6 mice that do not produce soluble IgM (sIgM 2/2) but have B cells that make IgG and display surface IgM (9,12,13) support this. Mice that lack soluble IgM uniformly succumb to infection (Sitati, Engle, and Diamond, unpublished data). Studies are currently underway to determine the precise mechanism by which a deficiency of soluble IgM translates into increased susceptibility—whether a lack of soluble IgM impairs the adaptive immune response against WNV or allows higher levels of WNV to enter the CNS at an earlier time after infection. Natural IgM antibodies against WNV may also have an important protective function against WNV. Nat- ural antibodies are constitutively secreted by CD51 B-1 cells without specific stimulation, have widely vari- able binding avidities (1023 to 10211 M, and represent an initial defense against pathogens (9,24,137). Nat- ural antibodies mediate direct neutralization of some bacteria and viruses in circulation (53,137), enhance phagocytosis of pathogens (134) and activate complement (9) to prime the immune response. Natural an- tibody-antigen complexes are efficiently filtered in the spleen and lymph nodes; this may diminish hematoge- nous spread and infection of critical end-organ targets such as the brain or spinal cord (139). Experiments, in which natural antibodies are transferred passively to mice that lack soluble IgM and/or IgG prior to WNV infection, will begin to address the significance of this group of antibodies in controlling the early phases of dissemination and triggering an early adaptive immune response. Complement and WNV. The complement cascade is an innate host defense system that participates in the control of viral infections by several mechanisms (139,177). (a) The C5-C9 membrane attack complex lyses enveloped viral particles and infected cells. (b) Pro-inflammatory peptides (C3a and C5a) are gener- ated by complement activation; these peptides recruit and activate monocytes and granulocytes to the in-
263 DIAMOND ET AL. flammatory site. (c) The proteolytic fragments of C3 (C3b, C3bi, C3d, and C3dg) clear virus from circu- lation after opsonization through cells that express complement receptors. (d) By virtue of its ability to en- hance viral antigen uptake (139), C3 facilitates antigen presentation by macrophages and dendritic cells and induces specific antibody production and T cell proliferation (33,92,138). Preliminary studies in our labo- ratory indicate that complement plays an essential role in limiting WNV infection; mice that are genetically deficient in C3 or C4 uniformly succumb to infection even at low viral doses (Mehlhop, Engle, and Dia- mond, unpublished data). Since both C3 and C4 cause a lethal phenotype, the classical and/or lectin medi- ated pathways of complement activation (which utilize a C4-C2 convertase to activate C3) appear impor- tant. Although the necessity of IgM for controlling infection suggests a role for the classical pathway of complement activation, studies with mice that lack C1q (32) or mannose-binding lectins (168) are planned to distinguish which pathways plays a dominant role in WNV infection. Additionally, studies with factor B 2/2 mice will directly address the function of the alternative pathway of complement activation in me- diating protection against WNV infection. A deficiency of C3 or C4 could exacerbate WNV infection because of depressed C5-C9 lytic or C3 op- sonic activity that results in a failure to clear virus from circulation. Alternatively, C3 and C4 may play im- portant roles in linking the innate and adaptive immune responses (8,23,139) against WNV (Fig. 3). C3 and
FIG. 3. Schematic model for the role of complement and IgM in priming antibody and T cell responses against WNV early in the course of infection. Virus is first found (stage A) in the regional lymph nodes after transport by mi- grating infected dendritic cells or after trafficking by low-titer natural IgM. In lymphoid tissue, (stage B) virus infects resident macrophages, dendritic cells or other hematopoietic cells directly or through an IgM and complement-depen- dent mechanism. Virus and viral antigen are shed from infected cells and bind to the B cell antibody receptor or are presented to CD41 T cells (stage C). B cell receptor cross-linking triggers specific IgM production, and signals from activated CD41 T cells induce isotype class-switching and IgG production. Activated CD41 T cells also provide stim- ulatory signals for activation of cytolytic CD81 T cells (stage D). The legend is shown in top right corner.
264 IMMUNE SYSTEM PROTECTION AGAINST WNV INFECTION
C4 are required for normal IgG production (33,49,138) and T cell priming (92) against influenza and her- pes viruses; a deficiency in either C3 or C4 decreases opsonization and viral antigen presentation, leading to deficits in the adaptive B and T cell responses (139). Although the lytic and pro-inflammatory activity of complement may contribute to the defense against WNV, our preliminary data indicate that a deficiency in either C3 or C4 compromises the adaptive B cell immune response: mice that lack C3 or C4 have markedly depressed IgG titers against WNV (Mehlhop, Engle, and Diamond, unpublished data).
CELLULAR IMMUNE RESPONSE AGAINST WNV
T lymphocyte response. Cellular immunity is important for the eradication of flavivirus-infected cells including WNV. Antigen-restricted cytotoxic T lymphocytes (CTL) kill, proliferate, and release inflamma- tory cytokines after exposure to flavivirus-infected cells (43,82,96–98,100,101,112,131,167). While CTL responses are believed to be protective in vivo, their precise role in the recovery from infection by WNV and other encephalitic flaviviruses remains to be elucidated. Athymic nude mice that lack T cells have in- creased susceptibility to infection with Japanese encephalitis virus (102), and adoptive transfer of virus-spe- cific CTL protected mice against lethal challenge with Japanese encephalitis virus (131). Moreover, mice that lack CD81 T cells have increased mortality after WNV infection (Shrestha and Diamond, unpublished data) and animals that are treated with drugs that impair T cell function and subsequently infected with WNV, uniformly develop encephalitis (20,30,132,133). Our most recent experiments suggest that CD81 T cells function to clear WNV from infected neurons. CD8-deficient mice that survive initial infection demon- strate WNV persistence; infectious virus was obtained from CNS tissues 1 to 2 months after initial infec- tion of CD8-deficient but not wild-type mice (Shrestha and Diamond, unpublished data). Interestingly, in- creased mortality and CNS viral load was also observed in C57BL/6 mice that lack either IFN-g or perforin granules (Shrestha, Engle, and Diamond, unpublished data). Although additional studies are required, CD81 T cells may use distinct effector mechanisms to selectively target WNV-infected neurons in the CNS. Natural killer cells. Because of their capacity to directly kill virally infected cells and to produce in- flammatory cytokines that limit infection, NK cells may be an important component of the initial defense against WNV (Table 1), NK cells lyse infected cells by releasing cytotoxic granules that contain perforin and granzymes, or by binding to apoptosis-inducing receptors on target cells (140). NK cell activation is finely regulated through a balance of activating receptors (Ly49D, Ly49H, and NKG2D) and inhibitory re- ceptors (killer-cell immunoglobulin-like receptors, immunoglobulin-like inhibitory receptors, and CD94- NKG2A) (161). To control the consequences of unregulated activation of NK cells, the inhibitory recep- tors are expressed constitutively; these bind to host MHC class I molecules on opposing cells and transmit inhibitory signals through intracellular tyrosine-based inhibitory motifs in their cytoplasmic domains. A de- crease in expression of class I MHC molecules on a cell may prompt NK cell activation by attenuating the inhibitory signals. Thus, NK cell target recognition occurs after ligation of activating receptors and repres- sion of inhibitory receptors on the cell surface. Surprisingly few experiments have been published that describe the antiviral activity of NK cells against flaviviruses. NK cells lyse dengue virus–infected target cells by both natural killing and antibody-depen- dent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (99). Infection of mice with Langat, West Nile and tick-borne encephalitis viruses transiently activated and then suppressed NK cell activity (175). One explanation is that, in vivo, flaviviruses, including WNV, have evolved a mechanism to evade NK cell responses. Although some DNA viruses blunt NK activity by expressing MHC class I homologues (140,172) WNV may attenuate NK cell cytotoxicity by increasing surface expression of class I MHC molecules (89,90,113,114). Expression of class I MHC molecules in WNV-infected cells is stimulated by enhancing the transport activity of TAP (115,127,130) and by NF-kB dependent transcriptional activation of MHC class I genes (83). Thus, WNV may overcome susceptibility to NK cell–mediated lysis, even at the expense of increased class I MHC ex- pression and later recognition by an adaptive CTL response. Consistent with this, splenocytes from WNV- immunized mice had poor NK cell lytic activity (127) and mice that were genetically deficient in NK cells demonstrated no increased morbidity or mortality compared to wild type controls (Engle, Yokoyama, and Diamond, unpublished data).
265 DIAMOND ET AL.
TABLE 1. INNATE IMMUNITY TO WEST NILE VIRUS Effector molecule or cell Possible antiviral mechanism References
Interferon-a PKR/RNAse L independent (?) (39,41) Interferon-b PKR/RNAse L independent (?) (39,41) Interferon-g Nitric oxide (?) (110,116,160) L1 isoform of 2959 oAS RNAse L (?) (125,144) C3 Inflammation, opsonization Unpublished C5-C9 Inflammation, lysis ? Natural IgM Neutralization, opsonization Unpublished Induced IgM Neutralization, opsonization (42) Natural killer cells (?) Apoptosis ? Macrophages Opsonization (10)
Effector molecules and cells that likely contribute to the innate defense against WNV. IFN (a, b, and g) appear to in- hibit infection through an antiviral pathway that is at least partially independent of PKR and RNAse L. C3 activation may trigger a pro-inflammatory defense via C3a or C5a or induce lysis directly by the C5-C9 membrane attack complex. Natural and induced IgM may neutralize WNV directly or facilitate opsonization and clearance through complement or FC a/m receptors on the surface of B cells, dendritic cells, and macrophages. “Unpublished” indicates our unpublished findings.
Macrophages. The role of macrophages in flavivirus infection remains controversial. Because they ex- press high levels of Fc-g and complement receptors and facilitate antibody-dependent enhancement of in- fection (ADE) in cell culture, it has been speculated that they contribute to pathogenesis of secondary fla- vivirus infection (63). Alternatively, enhanced flavivirus uptake by macrophages in vivo could be protective as it clears virus from circulation, stimulates cytokine production, and facilitates increased antigen presen- tation to B and T cells in secondary lymphoid organs (120). The majority of the data support a protective role of macrophages in infection by encephalitic flavivirus, including WNV. Depletion of macrophages in vivo caused increased lethality after infection with WNV (10) and suppression of macrophage phagocytic activity in mice resulted in increased mortality after infection with tick-borne encephalitis virus (84). Some of the protection provided by macrophages may be mediated by nitric oxide although the experimental data is conflicting. Pretreatment of macrophages with agents that induce nitric oxide (NO) synthesis inhibited Japanese encephalitis virus infection (110) and treatment of mice with a NO synthetase inhibitor increased mortality after infection with Japanese encephalitis virus (110). However, only a marginal increase in mor- tality was observed in iNOS 2/2 mice that were infected with Murray Valley encephalitis virus (116). Oth- ers argue that that the inflammatory actions of NO may contribute to flavivirus pathogenesis; in vivo ad- minstration of a NO competitive inhibitor improved survival in mice infected with tick-borne encephalitis virus (93,94). Clearly, additional studies will be necessary to resolve the physiologic role of NO and macrophages in WNV infection. Dendritic cells. Specialized subsets of dendritic cells (DC) may control WNV infection and prime the adaptive immune response during the early phases of infection (104). In blood, at least two types of DC exist (136): CD11c1 DC’s are precursors of the Langerhans cells that reside in the skin and initially be- come infected by WNV after mosquito or subcutaneous inoculation. CD11c2 DC’s are precursors of the interferon-producing cells (IPC) that produce enormous quantities (up to one thousand times that typically secreted by virally infected cells [50,51]) of type I IFN in response to viral infection (6). In secondary lym- phoid organs, interferon-producing DC’s may trigger both the innate and adaptive immune responses si- multaneously by producing of various cytokines, activating NK cells, and by indirectly regulating T cell functions via IFN-mediated effects on other (CD11b1 or CD81) DC subsets (34,78,79,95). Studies with dengue virus (122,169,182) demonstrate that DC subsets have distinct susceptibility to infection; immature but not mature DC are permissive for viral infection. Similarly, Langerhans cells migrate to local draining lymph nodes after infection with WNV and trigger an influx of circulating leukocytes (75). Although more study is required, Langerhans DC’s may traffic WNV to interferon-producing DC’s in the lymph node, re-
266 IMMUNE SYSTEM PROTECTION AGAINST WNV INFECTION sulting in a burst of interferon antiviral activity and a triggering of the adaptive immune response, mecha- nisms that rapidly limit the spread of viral infection.
VACCINE DEVELOPMENT AGAINST WNV
Since the WNV outbreak in North America began, significant progress has been made toward the de- velopment of an effective WNV vaccine. Attenuated and heat-killed vaccines already have been utilized to immunize exotic birds and horses with varying degrees of efficacy (37,119). Based on the mechanisms of protective immunity against WNV in animals, an effective vaccine should induce potent and durable hu- moral and cellular immune responses against WNV. At present, several strategies are being used to develop vaccine candidates for pre-clinical and clinical assessment. (1) Inactivated vaccines. Formalin-inactivated whole virus vaccines have been developed successfully against other flaviviruses including Japanese and tick-borne encephalitis viruses (128). Administration of one or two doses of formalin-treated WNV vaccine to geese resulted in 42% and 89% protection, respec- tively, at 3 weeks post-immunization (119). Similarly, at 2 weeks post-immunization with two doses of killed WNV, hamsters were completely protected from lethal WNV challenge (170). Although killed WNV vaccines could be used to vaccinate the immunocompromised, their utility may be limited. Administration of multiple vaccine doses appears to be required to elicit a protective immune response. Furthermore, it is unclear how durable the immunity will be as relatively low levels of neutralizing and complement-fixing antibodies have been detected one month after initial immunization (170). Finally, immune enhancement of heterologous flavivirus infection has been observed when animals are vaccinated with a killed or inac- tivated virus preparation (17,117,129). Thus, administration of a killed vaccine against WNV that gener- ates a humoral response of low magnitude or poor quality theoretically could worsen subsequent infections with heterologous flaviviruses. (2) Subunit vaccines. Repeated immunization of C3H/HeN mice with purified, recombinant WNV E protein resulted in the development of high-titer (.1/1280) neutralizing anti-WNV antibodies. Immunized mice were completely protected against challenge with a lethal yet low (101 PFU) dose of WNV but did not survive a challenge with a high (106) inoculum of WNV (178). Although a reasonable humoral response was generated after multiple doses, the utility of these vaccines may be limited by the lack of stimulation of strong cellular immune responses against WNV. (3) Cross-reactive vaccines. The use of already existing and approved vaccines that target closely re- lated flavivirus (e.g., Japanese encephalitis or yellow fever virus) has been proposed as a means of rapidly generating immunity against WNV. Epidemiologic and experimental evidence indicates that immunity against Japanese encephalitis and dengue virus infections provides at least partial protection against WNV (60,70,128,146,147,181). Immunization of hamsters with the live, attenuated Japanese encephalitis vaccine (SA14-2-8) or yellow fever vaccine (17D) strains reduced the severity of WNV infection (171). When ham- sters were challenged with WNV 30 days after immunization, viremia and mortality rates were markedly lowered: 100% and 70% protection against mortality was generated by Japanese encephalitis and yellow fever virus vaccine strains, respectively. However, the cross-protective response in humans may be atten- uated, especially when killed vaccines are used. Immunization of human subjects with the formalin-inacti- vated Japanese encephalitis virus vaccine or with experimental live-attenuated dengue virus vaccines failed to generate protective neutralizing antibody titers against WNV (80). Finally, the unresolved issue of im- mune enhancement makes the use of heterologous flavivirus vaccines to protect against WNV in humans less promising; a substantial amount of experimental evidence in animals will be required before large-scale clinical trials can be conducted. (4) DNA vaccines. Recent reports have demonstrated that immunization with a single dose of plasmid DNA that encoded the membrane (prM) and envelope (E) (37) or capsid (C) proteins (185) of WNV is pro- tective: challenge of vaccinated horses and outbred mice with a lethal dose of WNV completely prevented viremia and mortality (37). Co-expression of prM and E in vivo, which generates immunogenic subviral particles (26–28,31,69,91), stimulates vigorous humoral and cellular immune responses against WNV, and expression of C elicits a potent antigen specific TH1 and CTL anti-WNV response.
267 DIAMOND ET AL.
(5) Live-attenuated strain vaccines. Live-attenuated viral vaccines replicate and elicit both humoral and cellular immune responses in a manner akin to infection with the natural pathogen (128). Two types of live- attenuated WNV strains have been developed as candidate vaccines, one derived by serial passage and an- other by chimerization. WNV-25 strain was passaged serially in cultured mosquito cells until mutations ac- cumulated that attenuated neuroinvasiveness (10,62,118). Immunization with the WNV-25 vaccine strain protected geese against lethal challenge with a virulent WNV isolate (118). A chimeric WNV-YF viral vac- cine strain has been genetically engineered by cloning: the prM and E structural genes of WNV were in- serted into the infectious clone backbone of the 17D vaccine strain of yellow fever virus (4,128). Immu- nization with a single dose of chimeric WNV-YF virus resulted in production of neutralizing and complement-fixing antibodies and complete protection of hamsters from a lethal challenge of virulent WNV (170). The elderly and immunocompromised are targets for severe WNV infection and thus, may derive the greatest benefit from vaccination. However, there is a legitimate concern as to the use of live WNV strains in these at risk populations. For example, vaccination of the elderly with the “safe”17D yellow fever vaccine has caused invasive and lethal disease (123,124). To minimize this, additional attenuating muta- tions were engineered into the chimeric WNV-YF virus so that its neuroinvasive and neurovirulent poten- tial were severely hampered (4). The B cell–deficient mice that were inoculated with 106 PFU of chimeric, attenuated WNV-YF virus did not become ill even though siblings inoculated with 101 PFU of wild-type virus uniformly succumbed to infection (Engle, Arroyo, Monath, and Diamond, unpublished data).
IMMUNOTHERAPY AGAINST WNV
At present, treatment for all flavivirus infections, including WNV, is supportive. Although a few agents have been proposed to have antiviral activity against WNV (3,77), none have demonstrated efficacy in vivo. Animal model studies have provided important clues as to the possible therapeutic use of antibodies against flavivirus infection: (a) protection against Saint Louis encephalitis and yellow fever virus infections with antibodies in vivo did not necessarily correlate with neutralizing activity in vitro (14,149); (b) the ability to eradicate flavivirus infection in mice depended on the dosage and time of administration of antibody (88,150); and (c) transfer of antibodies that neutralized one flavivirus did not provide durable cross-pro- tection against other flaviviruses (17,150). Although antibody has been utilized for prophylaxis and therapy against several viral infections (153,187), there are several theoretical concerns that passive administration of anti-flavivirus antibodies could exac- erbate infection in vivo. Because sub-neutralizing concentrations of antibody enhance flavivirus replication in myeloid cells in vitro (21,22,54,56,63,64,141–143), low-titer immune antibody preparations could in- crease viral replication and adversely affect survival. Nonetheless, despite its extensive characterization in vitro, the significance of ADE in vivo after passive administration of immune antibodies with WNV or other flaviviruses remains uncertain. Apart from or perhaps related to ADE, an “early-death” phenomenon (129) has been reported that could also limit the utility of antibody therapy against WNV. According to this model, animals that have pre-existing humoral immunity but do not respond well to viral challenge may succumb to infection more rapidly than animals without pre-existing immunity. Although this phenomenon has been described after passive acquisition of antibodies against yellow fever and Langat encephalitis viruses (7,57,58,179), it was not observed after transfer of antibodies against Japanese encephalitis virus (88). Recent animal studies suggest that passive administration of anti-WNV antibodies is both protective and therapeutic and does not cause adverse effects related to immune enhancement. Passive administration of immune serum prior to WNV infection protected wild-type, B cell–deficient (mMT), and T and B cell–de- ficient (RAG1) mice from infection (42), and no increased mortality was observed even when sub-neutral- izing concentrations of antibodies were used. Similarly, passive administration of immune serum (170) or antiserum that recognized WNV E protein (178) protected hamsters and mice against lethal WNV infec- tion. More recently, in therapeutic trials, we have demonstrated that immune human g-globulin partially protected mice against WNV-induced mortality (Engle and Diamond, unpublished data). Therapeutic in- tervention even five days after infection reduced mortality; this time point is significant because virologic data indicate that between days 4 and 5, WNV had spread to the brain and spinal cord. Thus, passive trans-
268 IMMUNE SYSTEM PROTECTION AGAINST WNV INFECTION fer of immune antibody improved clinical outcome even after WNV had disseminated into the CNS. These results are consistent with earlier studies with the Sindbis alphavirus (61,163) and suggest that clinical stud- ies with monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies may be warranted. Immunoprophylaxis and immunotherapy with neutralizing anti-WNV antibodies may be a possible intervention in the elderly and immunocompro- mised that respond poorly to immunization with live, attenuated WNV strains.
CONCLUSIONS
Experiments in animal models suggests that several different arms of the immune system coordinate the protective immune response against WNV; disruption of any of these can result in disseminated infection with increased mortality. It appears that IFN, complement, IgM, IgG, and CD81 T cells all have essential functions in limiting WNV infection. IFN has antiviral and immunomodulatory functions, complement may act to neutralize virus directly and to promote antigen presentation and immune system priming after op- sonization, antibodies prevent virus attachment and facilitate clearance from circulation, and CD81 CTL specifically eliminate virally infected cells, especially in the CNS. Nonetheless, these inflammatory medi- ators and effector cells are just the beginning of a complicated immune response that results in control and eradication of WNV infection. Based on preliminary data from other viral systems, other aspects of the in- nate and adaptive immune response including toll-like receptors, CD41 T cells, DCs, and chemokines likely contribute to the prevention of disseminated infection and disease. The development of effective vaccines and therapeutics requires intensive study of both WNV patho- genesis and the mechanisms by which the immune response limits disease. As WNV likely has evolved specific evasive mechanisms to contend with the inhibitory responses of the immune responses (40), a more complete understanding of viral tropism, the pathogenesis of injury in the CNS, viral evasive strategies, and the development of short- and long-term immunity against WNV are needed. Experimentation in animal models of WNV infection should continue to provide insight into these mechanisms and explain the epi- demiology of WNV-induced disease in humans. Studies that clarify the link between the innate and adap- tive immune responses against WNV may suggest stages for intervention so that CNS dissemination, and the resultant pathology, can be limited.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
I am grateful to Sujan Shresta and Eva Harris for critical reading of the manuscript. This work was sup- ported by grants from the Ellison Foundation for Global Infectious Diseases and the Center for Disease Control and Prevention (U50/CCU720545-03).
REFERENCES
1. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. 2003. Provisional surveillance summary of the West Nile virus epi- demic—United States, January–November 2002. JAMA 289:293–294. 2. Albrecht, P. 1968. Pathogenesis of neurotropic arbovirus infections. Curr. Top. Microbiol. Immunol. 43:44–91. 3. Anderson, J.F., and J.J. Rahal. 2002. Efficacy of interferon alpha-2b and ribavirin against West Nile virus in vitro. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 8:107–108. 4. Arroyo, J., C.A. Miller, J. Catalan, et al. 2001. Yellow fever vector live-virus vaccines: West Nile virus vaccine development. Trends Mol. Med. 7:350–354. 5. Asnis, D.S., R. Conetta, A.A. Teixeira, et al. 2000. The West Nile Virus outbreak of 1999 in New York: the Flush- ing Hospital experience. Clin. Infect. Dis. 30:413–418. 6. Barchet, W., M. Cella, B. Odermatt, et al. 2002. Virus-induced interferon alpha production by a dendritic cell subset in the absence of feedback signaling in vivo. J. Exp. Med. 195:507–516.
269 DIAMOND ET AL.
7. Barrett, A.D., and E.A. Gould. 1986. Antibody-mediated early death in vivo after infection with yellow fever virus. J. Gen. Virol. 67:2539–2542. 8. Barrington, R., M. Zhang, M. Fischer, et al. 2001. The role of complement in inflammation and adaptive immu- nity. Immunol. Rev. 180:5–15. 9. Baumgarth, N., O.C. Herman, G.C. Jager, et al. 2000. B-1 and B-2 cell–derived immunoglobulin M antibodies are nonredundant components of the protective response to influenza virus infection. J. Exp. Med. 192:271–280. 10. Ben-Nathan, D., I. Huitinga, S. Lustig, et al. 1996. West Nile virus neuroinvasion and encephalitis induced by macrophage depletion in mice. Arch. Virol. 141:459–469. 11. Boehm, U., T. Klamp, M. Groot, et al. 1997. Cellular responses to interferon-gamma. Annu. Rev. Immunol. 15:749–795. 12. Boes, M., C. Esau, M.B. Fischer, et al. 1998. Enhanced B-1 cell development, but impaired IgG antibody re- sponses in mice deficient in secreted IgM. J. Immunol. 160:4776–4787. 13. Boes, M., A.P. Prodeus, T. Schmidt, et al. 1998. A critical role of natural immunoglobulin M in immediate de- fense against systemic bacterial infection. J. Exp. Med. 188:2381–2386. 14. Brandriss, M.W., J.J. Schlesinger, E.E. Walsh, et al. 1986. Lethal 17D yellow fever encephalitis in mice. I. Pas- sive protection by monoclonal antibodies to the envelope proteins of 17D yellow fever and dengue 2 viruses. J. Gen. Virol. 67:229–234. 15. Brinton, M.A., H. Arnheiter, and O. Haller. 1982. Interferon independence of genetically controlled resistance to flaviviruses. Infect. Immun. 36:284–288. 16. Brooks, T.J., and R.J. Phillpotts. 1999. Interferon-alpha protects mice against lethal infection with St. Louis en- cephalitis virus delivered by the aerosol and subcutaneous routes. Antiviral Res. 41:57–64. 17. Broom, A.K., M.J. Wallace, J.S. Mackenzie, et al. 2000. Immunisation with gamma globulin to Murray Valley encephalitis virus and with an inactivated Japanese encephalitis virus vaccine as prophylaxis against Australian encephalitis: evaluation in a mouse model. J. Med. Virol. 61:259–265. 18. Burke, D.S., and T.P. Monath. 2001. Flaviviruses, pp. 1043–1125. In: D.M. Knipe and P.M. Howley (eds.), Fields Virology, Vol. 1, 4th ed. Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins, Philadelphia.
19. Byrne, S.N., G.M. Halliday, L.J. Johnston, et al. 2001. Interleukin-1beta but not tumor necrosis factor is involved in West Nile virus–induced Langerhans cell migration from the skin in C57BL/6 mice. J. Invest. Dermatol. 117:702–709. 20. Camenga, D. L., N. Nathanson, and G. A. Cole. 1974. Cyclophosphamide-potentiated West Nile viral encephali- tis: relative influence of cellular and humoral factors. J. Infect. Dis. 130:634–641. 21. Cardosa, M.J., S. Gordon, S. Hirsch, et al. 1986. Interaction of West Nile virus with primary murine macrophages: role of cell activation and receptors for antibody and complement. J. Virol. 57:952–959. 22. Cardosa, M.J., J.S. Porterfield, and S. Gordon. 1983. Complement receptor mediates enhanced flavivirus replica- tion in macrophages. J. Exp. Med. 158:258–263. 23. Carroll, M.C. 1998. The role of complement and complement receptors in induction and regulation of immunity. Annu Rev. Immunol. 16:545–568. 24. Casali, P., and A.L. Notkins. 1989. CD51 B lymphocytes, polyreactive antibodies and the human B-cell reper- toire. Immunol. Today 10:364–368. 25. Chambers, T.J., C.S. Hahn, R. Galler, et al. 1990. Flavivirus genome organization, expression, and replication. Annu. Rev. Microbiol. 44:649–688. 26. Chang, G.J., B.S. Davis, A.R. Hunt, et al. Holmes, and G. Kuno. 2001. Flavivirus DNA vaccines: current status and potential. Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 951:272–285. 27. Chang, G.J., A.R. Hunt, and B. Davis. 2000. A single intramuscular injection of recombinant plasmid DNA in- duces protective immunity and prevents Japanese encephalitis in mice. J. Virol. 74:4244–4252. 28. Chang, G.J., A.R. Hunt, D.A. Holmes, et al. 2003. Enhancing biosynthesis and secretion of premembrane and enve- lope proteins by the chimeric plasmid of dengue virus type 2 and Japanese encephalitis virus. Virology 306:170–180.
270 IMMUNE SYSTEM PROTECTION AGAINST WNV INFECTION
29. Charlier, N., P. Leyssen, J. Paeshuyse, et al. 2002. Infection of SCID mice with Montana myotis leukoencephalitis virus as a model for flavivirus encephalitis. J. Gen. Virol. 83:1887–1896. 30. Cole, G.A., and N. Nathanson. 1968. Potentiation of experimental arbovirus encephalitis by immunosuppressive doses of cyclophosphamide. Nature 220:399–401. 31. Colombage, G., R. Hall, M. Pavy, et al. 1998. DNA-based and alphavirus-vectored immunisation with prM and E proteins elicits long-lived and protective immunity against the flavivirus, Murray Valley encephalitis virus. Vi- rology 250:151–163. 32. Cutler, A.J., M. Botto, D. van Essen, et al. 1998. T cell–dependent immune response in C1q-deficient mice: de- fective interferon gamma production by antigen-specific T cells. J. Exp. Med. 187:1789–1797. 33. Da Costa, X.J., M.A. Brockman, E. Alicot, et al. 1999. Humoral response to herpes simplex virus is complement- dependent. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 96:12708–12712. 34. Dalod, M., T. Hamilton, R. Salomon, et al. 2003. Dendritic cell responses to early murine cytomegalovirus in- fection: subset functional specialization and differential regulation by interferon a/b. J. Exp. Med. 197:885–898. 35. Darnell, M.B., and H. Koprowski. 1974. Genetically determined resistance to infection with group B arboviruses. II. Increased production of interfering particles in cell cultures from resistant mice. J. Infect. Dis. 129:248–256. 36. Darnell, M.B., H. Koprowski, and K. Lagerspetz. 1974. Genetically determined resistance to infection with group B arboviruses. I. Distribution of the resistance gene among various mouse populations and characteristics of gene expression in vivo. J. Infect. Dis. 129:240–247. 37. Davis, B.S., G.J. Chang, B. Cropp, et al. 2001. West Nile virus recombinant DNA vaccine protects mouse and horse from virus challenge and expresses in vitro a noninfectious recombinant antigen that can be used in en- zyme-linked immunosorbent assays. J. Virol. 75:4040–4047. 38. Despres, P., J. Dietrich, M. Girard, et al.1991. Recombinant baculoviruses expressing yellow fever virus E and NS1 proteins elicit protective immunity in mice. J. Gen. Virol. 72:2811–2816. 39. Diamond, M., T. Roberts, D. Edgil, et al. 2000. Modulation of dengue virus infection in human cells by alpha, beta, and gamma interferons. J. Virol. 74:4957–4966. 40. Diamond, M.S. 2003. Evasion of innate and adaptive immunity by flaviviruses. Immunol. Cell Biol. 81:196–206. 41. Diamond, M.S., and E. Harris. 2001. Interferon inhibits dengue virus infection by preventing translation of viral RNA through a PKR-independent mechanism. Virology 289:297–311. 42. Diamond, M. S., B. Shrestha, A. Marri, et al. 2003. B cells and antibody play critical roles in the immediate de- fense of disseminated infection by West Nile encephalitis virus. J. Virol. 77:2578–2586. 43. Douglas, M.W., A.M. Kesson, and N.J. King. 1994. CTL recognition of West Nile virus–infected fibroblasts is cell cycle dependent and is associated with virus-induced increases in class I MHC antigen expression. Immunology 82:561–570. 44. Eldadah, A.H., and N. Nathanson. 1967. Pathogenesis of West Nile Virus encepahlitis in mice and rats. II. Virus multiplication, evolution of immunofluorescence, and development of histological lesions in the brain. Am. J. Epi- demiol. 86:776–790. 45. Eldadah, A.H., N. Nathanson, and R. Sarsitis. 1967. Pathogenesis of West Nile Virus encephalitis in mice and rats. 1. Influence of age and species on mortality and infection. Am. J. Epidemiol. 86:765–775. 46. Falconar, A.K. 1999. Identification of an epitope on the dengue virus membrane (M) protein defined by cross- protective monoclonal antibodies: design of an improved epitope sequence based on common determinants pre- sent in both envelope (E and M) proteins. Arch. Virol. 144:2313–2330. 47. Falgout, B., M. Bray, J.J. Schlesinger, et al. 1990. Immunization of mice with recombinant vaccinia virus ex- pressing authentic dengue virus nonstructural protein NS1 protects against lethal dengue virus encephalitis. J. Vi- rol. 64:4356–4363. 48. Falgout, B., and L. Markoff. 1995. Evidence that flavivirus NS1–NS2A cleavage is mediated by a membrane- bound host protease in the endoplasmic reticulum. J. Virol. 69:7232–7243. 49. Fischer, M.B., M. Ma, S. Goerg, et al. 1996. Regulation of the B cell response to T-dependent antigens by clas- sical pathway complement. J. Immunol. 157:549–556.
271 DIAMOND ET AL.
50. Fitzgerald-Bocarsly, P. 1993. Human natural interferon-alpha producing cells. Pharmacol. Ther. 60:39–62. 51. Fitzgerald-Bocarsly, P. 2002. Natural interferon-alpha producing cells: the plasmacytoid dendritic cells. Biotech- niques Suppl:16–20,22,24–29. 52. Ghosh, A., S.N. Sarkar, T.M. Rowe, et al. 2001. A specific isozyme of 29-59 oligoadenylate synthetase is a dual function proapoptotic protein of the Bcl-2 family. J. Biol. Chem. 276:25447–25455. 53. Gobet, R., A. Cerny, E. Ruedi, et al. 1988. The role of antibodies in natural and acquired resistance of mice to vesicular stomatitis virus. Exp. Cell. Biol. 56:175–180. 54. Gollins, S., and J. Porterfield. 1984. Flavivirus infection enhancement in macrophages: radioactive and biologi- cal studies on the effect of antibody and viral fate. J. Gen. Virol. 65:1261–1272. 55. Gollins, S., and J. Porterfield. 1986. The uncoating and infectivity of the flavivirus West Nile on interaction with cells: effects of pH and ammonium chloride. J. Gen. Virol. 67:1941–1950. 56. Gollins, S.W., and J.S. Porterfield. 1985. Flavivirus infection enhancement in macrophages: an electron micro- scopic study of viral entry. J. Gen. Virol. 66:1969–1982. 57. Gould, E.A., P.A. Cane, and M. Doenhoff. 1987. Immune enhancement of yellow fever virus neurovirulence for mice: studies of mechanisms involved. J. Gen. Virol. 68:3105–3112. 58. Gould, E.A., and A. Buckley. 1989. Antibody-dependent enhancement of yellow fever and Japanese encephalitis virus neurovirulence. J. Gen. Virol. 70:1605–1608. 59. Gould, E.A., A. Buckley, A.D. Barrett, et al. 1986. Neutralizing (54K) and non-neutralizing (54 K and 48 K) monoclonal antibodies against structural and non-structural yellow fever virus proteins confer immunity in mice. J. Gen. Virol. 67:591–595. 60. Goverdhan, M.K., A.B. Kulkarni, A.K. Gupta, et al. 1992. Two-way cross-protection between West Nile and Japanese encephalitis viruses in bonnet macaques. Acta Virol. 36:277–283. 61. Griffin, D., B. Levine, W. Tyor, et al. 1997. The role of antibody in recovery from alphavirus encephalitis. Im- munol. Rev. 159:155–161. 62. Halevy, M., Y. Akov, D. Ben-Nathan, et al. 1994. Loss of active neuroinvasiveness in attenuated strains of West Nile virus: pathogenicity in immunocompetent and SCID mice. Arch. Virol. 137:355–370. 63. Halstead, S.B. 1989. Antibody, macrophages, dengue virus infection, shock, and hemorrhage: a pathogenetic cas- cade. Rev. Infect. Dis. 11(Suppl 4):S830–S839. 64. Halstead, S.B., J.S. Porterfield, and E.J. O’Rourke. 1980. Enhancement of dengue virus infection in monocytes by flavivirus antisera. Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. 29:638–642. 65. Heinz, F.X., R. Berger, W. Tuma, et al. 1983. A topological and functional model of epitopes on the structural glycoprotein of tick-borne encephalitis virus defined by monoclonal antibodies. Virology 126:525–537. 66. Henchal, E.A., L.S. Henchal, and J.J. Schlesinger. 1988. Synergistic interactions of anti-NS1 monoclonal anti- bodies protect passively immunized mice from lethal challenge with dengue 2 virus. J. Gen. Virol. 69:2101–217. 67. Ho, L.J., J.J. Wang, M.F. Shaio, et al. 2001. Infection of human dendritic cells by dengue virus causes cell mat- uration and cytokine production. J. Immunol. 166:1499–1506. 68. Hubalek, Z., and J. Halouzka. 1999. West Nile fever—a reemerging mosquito-borne viral disease in Europe. Emerg. Inf. Dis. 5:643–650. 69. Hunt, A.R., C.B. Cropp, and G.J. Chang. 2001. A recombinant particulate antigen of Japanese encephalitis virus produced in stably transformed cells is an effective noninfectious antigen and subunit immunogen. J. Virol. Meth- ods 97:133–149. 70. Ilkal, M.A., Y. Prasanna, P.G. Jacob, et al. 1994. Experimental studies on the susceptibility of domestic pigs to West Nile virus followed by Japanese encephalitis virus infection and vice versa. Acta Virol. 38:157–161. 71. Johnson, A.J., and J.T. Roehrig. 1999. New mouse model for dengue virus vaccine testing. J. Virol. 73:783–786. 72. Johnson, R.T. 1982. Viral Infections of the Nervous System. Raven Press, New York.
272 IMMUNE SYSTEM PROTECTION AGAINST WNV INFECTION
73. Johnson, R.T., and C.A. Mims. 1968. Pathogenesis of viral infections of the nervous system. N. Engl. J. Med. 278:23–30. 74. Johnson, R.T., and G.A. Mims. 1968. Pathogenesis for viral infections of the nervous system. N. Engl. J. Med. 278:84–92. 75. Johnston, L.J., G.M. Halliday, and N.J. King. 2000. Langerhans cells migrate to local lymph nodes following cu- taneous infection with an arbovirus. J. Invest. Dermatol. 114:560–568. 76. Johnston, L.J., G.M. Halliday, and N.J. King. 1996. Phenotypic changes in Langerhans’ cells after infection with arboviruses: a role in the immune response to epidermally acquired viral infection? J. Virol. 70:4761–4766. 77. Jordan, I., T. Briese, N. Fischer, et al. 2000. Ribavirin inhibits west nile virus replication and cytopathic effect in neural cells. J. Infect. Dis. 182:1214–1217. 78. Kadowaki, N., S. Antonenko, J.Y. Lau, et al. 2000. Natural interferon alpha/beta-producing cells link innate and adaptive immunity. J. Exp. Med. 192:219–226. 79. Kadowaki, N., and Y.J. Liu. 2002. Natural type I interferon-producing cells as a link between innate and adap- tive immunity. Hum. Immunol. 63:1126–1132. 80. Kanesa-Thasan, N., J.R. Putnak, J.A. Mangiafico, et al. 2002. Short report: absence of protective neutralizng an- tibodies to West Nile virus in subjects following vaccination with Japanese encephalitis or dengue vaccines. Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. 66:115–116. 81. Kaufman, B.M., P.L. Summers, D.R. Dubois, et al. 1989. Monoclonal antibodies for dengue virus prM glyco- protein protect mice against lethal dengue infection. Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. 41:576–580. 82. Kesson, A.M., R.V. Blanden, and A. Mullbacher. 1987. The primary in vivo murine cytotoxic T cell response to the flavivirus, West Nile. J. Gen. Virol. 68:2001–2006. 83. Kesson, A.M., and N.J. King. 2001. Transcriptional regulation of major histocompatibility complex class I by fla- vivirus West Nile is dependent on NF-kappaB activation. J. Infect. Dis. 184:947–954. 84. Khozinsky, V.V., B.F. Semenov, M. Gresikova, et al. 1985. Role of macrophages in the pathogenesis of experi- mental tick-borne encephalitis in mice. Acta Virol. 29:194–202. 85. Khromykh, A.A., P.L. Sedlak, and E.G. Westaway. 2000. cis- and trans-acting elements in flavivirus RNA repli- cation. J. Virol. 74:3253–3263. 86. Khromykh, A.A., A.N. Varnavski, P.L. Sedlak, et al. 2001. Coupling between replication and packaging of fla- vivirus RNA: evidence derived from the use of DNA-based full-length cDNA clones of Kunjin virus. J. Virol. 75:4633–4640. 87. Kimura, T., S.W. Gollins, and J.S. Porterfield. 1986. The effect of pH on the early interaction of West Nile virus with P388D1 cells. J. Gen. Virol. 67:2423–2433. 88. Kimura-Kuroda, J., and K. Yasui. 1988. Protection of mice against Japanese encephalitis virus by passive ad- ministration with monoclonal antibodies. J. Immunol. 141:3606–3610. 89. King, N.J., and A.M. Kesson. 1988. Interferon-independent increases in class I major histocompatibility complex antigen expression follow flavivirus infection. J. Gen. Virol. 69:2535–2543. 90. King, N.J., L.E. Maxwell, and A.M. Kesson. 1989. Induction of class I major histocompatibility complex antigen expression by West Nile virus on gamma interferon–refractory early murine trophoblast cells. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:911–915. 91. Konishi, E., M. Yamaoka, W. Khin Sane, et al. 1999. The anamnestic neutralizing antibody response is critical for protection of mice from challenge following vaccination with a plasmid encoding the Japanese encephalitis virus premembrane and envelope genes. J. Virol. 73:5527–5534. 92. Kopf, M., B. Abel, A. Gallimore, et al. 2002. Complement component C3 promotes T-cell priming and lung mi- gration to control acute influenza virus infection. Nat. Med. 8:373–378. 93. Kreil, T.R., and M.M. Eibl. 1996. Nitric oxide and viral infection: NO antiviral activity against a flavivirus in vitro, and evidence for contribution to pathogenesis in experimental infection in vivo. Virology 219:304–306.
273 DIAMOND ET AL.
94. Kreil, T.R., and M.M. Eibl. 1995. Viral infection of macrophages profoundly alters requirements for induction of nitric oxide synthesis. Virology 212:174–178. 95. Krug, A., R. Veeraswamy, A. Pekosz, et al. 2003. Interferon-producing cells fail to induce proliferation of naive T cells but can promote expansion and T helper 1 differentiation of antigen-experienced unpolarized T cells. J. Exp. Med. 197:899–906. 96. Kulkarni, A.B., A. Mullbacher, and R.V. Blanden. 1991. In vitro T-cell proliferative response to the flavivirus, West Nile. Viral Immunol. 4:73–82. 97. Kurane, I., M.A. Brinton, A.L. Samson, et al. 1991. Dengue virus–specific, human CD41 CD82 cytotoxic T-cell clones: multiple patterns of virus cross-reactivity recognized by NS3-specific T-cell clones. J. Virol. 65:1823–1828. 98. Kurane, I., and F.A. Ennis. 1994. Cytotoxic T lymphocytes in dengue virus infection. Curr. Top. Microbiol. Im- munol. 189:93–108. 99. Kurane, I., D. Hebblewaite, W.E. Brandt, et al. 1984. Lysis of dengue virus–infected cells by natural cell–medi- ated cytotoxicity and antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity. J. Virol. 52:223–230. 100. Kurane, I., B.L. Innis, C.H. Hoke, Jr., et al. 1995. T cell activation in vivo by dengue virus infection. J. Clin. Lab. Immunol. 46:35–40. 101. Kurane, I., B.L. Innis, A. Nisalak, et al. 1989. Human T cell responses to dengue virus antigens. Proliferative re- sponses and interferon gamma production. J. Clin. Invest. 83:506–513. 102. Lad, V.J., A.K. Gupta, M.K. Goverdhan, et al. 1993. Susceptibility of BL6 nude (congenitally athymic) mice to Japanese encephalitis virus by the peripheral route. Acta Virol. 37:232–240. 103. Lanciotti, R.S., J.T. Roehrig, V. Deubel, et al. 1999. Origin of the West Nile virus responsible for an outbreak of encephalitis in the northeastern United States. Science 286:2333–2337. 104. Le Bon, A., and D.F. Tough. 2002. Links between innate and adaptive immunity via type I interferon. Curr. Opin. Immunol. 14:432–436. 105. Leis, A.A., J. Fratkin, D.S. Stokic, et al. 2003. West Nile poliomyelitis. Lancet Infect. Dis. 3:9–10. 106. Leis, A.A., D.S. Stokic, J.L. Polk, et al. 2002. A poliomyelitis-like syndrome from West Nile virus infection. N. Engl. J. Med. 347:1279–1280. 107. Leyssen, P., C. Drosten, M. Paning, et al. 2003. Interferons, interferon inducers, and interferon-ribavirin in treat- ment of flavivirus-induced encephalitis in mice. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 47:777–782. 108. Leyssen, P., A. Van Lommel, C. Drosten, et al. 2001. A novel model for the study of the therapy of flavivirus infections using the modoc virus. Virology 279:27–37. 109. Libraty, D.H., S. Pichyangkul, C. Ajariyakhajorn, et al. 2001. Human dendritic cells are activated by dengue virus infection: enhancement by gamma interferon and implications for disease pathogenesis. J. Virol. 75:3501–3508. 110. Lin, Y.L., Y.L. Huang, S.H. Ma, et al. 1997. Inhibition of Japanese encephalitis virus infection by nitric oxide: antiviral effect of nitric oxide on RNA virus replication. J. Virol. 71:5227–5235. 111. Lindenbach, B.D., and C.M. Rice. 2001. Flaviviridae: the viruses and their replication, pp. 991–1041. In: D.M. Knipe and P.M. Howley (eds.), Fields Virology, Vol. 1. Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins, Philadelphia. 112. Liu, Y., R.V. Blanden, and A. Mullbacher. 1989. Identification of cytolytic lymphocytes in West Nile virus–in- fected murine central nervous system. J. Gen. Virol. 70:565–573. 113. Liu, Y., N. King, A. Kesson, et al. 1989. Flavivirus infection up-regulates the expression of class I and class II major histocompatibility antigens on and enhances T cell recognition of astrocytes in vitro. J. Neuroimmunol. 21:157–168. 114. Liu, Y., N. King, A. Kesson, et al. 1988. West Nile virus infection modulates the expression of class I and class II MHC antigens on astrocytes in vitro. Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 540:483–485. 115. Lobigs, M., A. Mullbacher, R.V. Blanden, et al. 1999. Antigen presentation in syrian hamster cells: substrate se- lectivity of TAP controlled by polymorphic residues in TAP1 and differential requirements for loading of H2 class I molecules. Immunogenetics 49:931–941.
274 IMMUNE SYSTEM PROTECTION AGAINST WNV INFECTION
116. Lobigs, M., A. Mullbacher, Y. Wang, et al. 2003. Role of type I and type II interferon responses in recovery from infection with an encephalitic flavivirus. J. Gen. Virol. 84:567–572. 117. Lobigs, M., M. Pavy, and R. Hall. 2003. Cross-protective and infection-enhancing immunity in mice vaccinated against flaviviruses belonging to the Japanese encephalitis virus serocomplex. Vaccine 21:1572–1579. 118. Lustig, S., U. Olshevsky, D. Ben-Nathan, et al. 2000. A live attenuated West Nile virus strain as a potential vet- erinary vaccine. Viral Immunol. 13:401–410. 119. Malkinson, M., C. Banet, Y. Khinich, et al. 2001. Use of live and inactivated vaccines in the control of West Nile fever in domestic geese. Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 951:255–261. 120. Marianneau, P., A.M. Steffan, C. Royer, et al. 1999. Infection of primary cultures of human Kupffer cells by Dengue virus: no viral progeny synthesis, but cytokine production is evident. J. Virol. 73:5201–5206. 121. Markoff, L., A. Chang, and B. Falgout. 1994. Processing of flavivirus structural glycoproteins: stable membrane insertion of premembrane requires the envelope signal peptide. Virology 204:526–540. 122. Marovich, M., G. Grouard-Vogel, M. Louder, et al. 2001. Human dendritic cells as targets of dengue virus in- fection. J. Invest. Dermatol. Symp. Proc. 6:219–224. 123. Martin, M., T.F. Tsai, B. Cropp, et al. 2001. Fever and multisystem organ failure associated with 17D-204 yel- low fever vaccination: a report of four cases. Lancet 358:98–104. 124. Martin, M., L.H. Weld, T.F. Tsai, et al. 2001. Advanced age a risk factor for illness temporally associated with yellow fever vaccination. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 7:945–951. 125. Mashimo, T., M. Lucas, D. Simon-Chazottes, et al. 2002. A nonsense mutation in the gene encoding 29-59-oligoad- enylate synthetase/L1 isoform is associated with West Nile virus susceptibility in laboratory mice. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 99:11311–11316. 126. Mason, P.W., J.M. Dalrymple, M.K. Gentry, et al. 1989. Molecular characterization of a neutralizing domain of the Japanese encephalitis virus structural glycoprotein. J. Gen. Virol. 70:2037–2049. 127. Momburg, F., A. Mullbacher, and M. Lobigs. 2001. Modulation of transporter associated with antigen process- ing (TAP)–mediated peptide import into the endoplasmic reticulum by flavivirus infection. J. Virol. 75:5663–5671. 128. Monath, T.P. 2001. Prospects for development of a vaccine against the West Nile virus. Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 951:1–12. 129. Morens, D.M. 1994. Antibody-dependent of enhancement of infection and the pathogenesis of viral disease. Clin. Inf. Dis. 19:500–512. 130. Mullbacher, A., and M. Lobigs. 1995. Up-regulation of MHC class I by flavivirus-induced peptide translocation into the endoplasmic reticulum. Immunity 3:207–214. 131. Murali-Krishna, K., V. Ravi, and R. Manjunath. 1996. Protection of adult but not newborn mice against lethal in- tracerebral challenge with Japanese encephalitis virus by adoptively transferred virus–specific cytotoxic T lym- phocytes: requirement for L3T41 T cells. J. Gen. Virol. 77:705–714. 132. Nathanson, N., and G.A. Cole. 1970. Immunosuppression and experimental virus infection of the nervous sys- tem. Adv. Virus Res. 16:397–448. 133. Nathanson, N., and G.A. Cole. 1971. Immunosuppression: a means to assess the role of the immune response in acute virus infections. Fed. Proc. 30:1822–1830. 134. Navin, T.R., E.C. Krug, and R.D. Pearson. 1989. Effect of immunoglobulin M from normal human serum on Leishmania donovani promastigote agglutination, complement-mediated killing, and phagocytosis by human monocytes. Infect. Immun. 57:1343–1346. 135. Nir, Y., A. Beemer, and R.A. Goldwasser. 1965. West Nile Virus infection in mice following exposure to a vi- ral aerosol. Br. J. Exp. Pathol. 46:443–449. 136. O’Doherty, U., M. Peng, S. Gezelter, et al. 1994. Human blood contains two subsets of dendritic cells, one im- munologically mature and the other immature. Immunology 82:487–493. 137. Ochsenbein, A.F., T. Fehr, C. Lutz, et al. 1999. Control of early viral and bacterial distribution and disease by natural antibodies. Science 286:2156–2159.
275 DIAMOND ET AL.
138. Ochsenbein, A.F., D.D. Pinschewer, B. Odermatt, et al. 1999. Protective T cell–independent antiviral antibody responses are dependent on complement. J. Exp. Med. 190:1165–1174. 139. Ochsenbein, A.F., and R.M. Zinkernagel. 2000. Natural antibodies and complement link innate and acquired im- munity. Immunol. Today 21:624–630. 140. Orange, J.S., M.S. Fassett, L.A. Koopman, et al. 2002. Viral evasion of natural killer cells. Nat. Immunol. 3:1006–1012. 141. Peiris, J.S., and J.S. Porterfield. 1979. Antibody-mediated enhancement of Flavivirus replication in macrophage- like cell lines. Nature 282:509–511. 142. Peiris, J.S.M., S. Gordon, J.C. Unkeless, et al. 1981. Monoclonal anti-Fc receptor IgG blocks antibody-dependent enhancement of viral replication in macrophages. Nature 289:189–191. 143. Peiris, J.S.M., J.S. Porterfield, and J.T. Roehrig. 1982. Monoclonal antibodies against the flavivirus West Nile. J. Gen. Virol. 58:283–289. 144. Perelygin, A.A., S.V. Scherbik, I.B. Zhulin, et al. 2002. Positional cloning of the murine flavivirus resistance gene. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 99:9322–9327. 145. Pincus, S., P.W. Mason, E. Konishi, et al. 1992. Recombinant vaccinia virus producing the prM and E proteins of yellow fever virus protects mice from lethal yellow fever encephalitis. Virology 187:290–297. 146. Price, W.H., and I.S. Thind. 1972. The mechanism of cross-protection afforded by dengue virus against West Nile virus in hamsters. J. Hyg. (Lond.) 70:611–617. 147. Price, W.H., and I.S. Thind. 1971. Protection against West Nile virus induced by a previous injection with dengue virus. Am. J. Epidemiol. 94:596–607. 148. Putnak, J.R., and J.J. Schlesinger. 1990. Protection of mice against yellow fever virus encephalitis by immuniza- tion with a vaccinia virus recombinant encoding the yellow fever virus non-structural proteins, NS1, NS2a and NS2b. J. Gen. Virol. 71:1697–1702. 149. Roehrig, J.T., J.H. Mathews, and D.W. Trent. 1983. Identification of epitopes on the E glycoprotein of Saint Louis encephalitis virus using monoclonal antibodies. Virology 128:118–126. 150. Roehrig, J.T., L.A. Staudinger, A.R. Hunt, et al. 2001. Antibody prophylaxis and therapy for flaviviral encephalitis infections. Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 951:286–297. 151. Samuel, C.E. 2002. Host genetic variability and West Nile virus susceptibility. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 99:11555–11557. 152. Sangster, M.Y., N. Urosevic, J.P. Mansfield, et al. 1994. Mapping the Flv locus controlling resistance to fla- viviruses on mouse chromosome 5. J. Virol. 68:448–452. 153. Sawyer, L.A. 2000. Antibodies for the prevention and treatment of viral diseases. Antiviral Res. 47:57–77. 154. Schlesinger, J.J., M.W. Brandriss, C.B. Cropp, et al. 1986. Protection against yellow fever in monkeys by im- munization with yellow fever virus nonstructural protein NS1. J. Virol. 60:1153–1155. 155. Schlesinger, J.J., M.W. Brandriss, J.R. Putnak, et al. 1990. Cell surface expression of yellow fever virus non- structural glycoprotein NS1: consequences of interaction with antibody. J. Gen. Virol. 71:593–599. 156. Schlesinger, J.J., M.W. Brandriss, and E.E. Walsh. 1985. Protection against 17D yellow fever encephalitis in mice by passive transfer of monoclonal antibodies to the nonstructural glycoprotein gp48 and by active immunization with gp48. J. Immunol. 135:2805–2809. 157. Schlesinger, J.J., M.W. Brandriss, and E.E. Walsh. 1987. Protection of mice against dengue 2 virus encephalitis by immunization with the dengue 2 virus non-structural glycoprotein NS1. J. Gen. Virol. 68:853–857. 158. Schlesinger, J.J., and S. Chapman. 1995. Neutralizing F(ab9)2 fragments of protective monoclonal antibodies to yellow fever virus (YF) envelope protein fail to protect mice against lethal YF encephalitis. J. Gen. Virol. 76:217–220. 159. Shrestha, B., D.I. Gottlieb, and M.S. Diamond. 2003. Infection and injury of neurons by West Nile encephalitis virus. (submitted).
276 IMMUNE SYSTEM PROTECTION AGAINST WNV INFECTION
160. Sittisombut, N., N. Maneekarn, A. Kanjanahaluethai, et al. 1995. Lack of augmenting effect of interferon-gamma on dengue virus multiplication in human peripheral blood monocytes. J. Med. Virol. 45:43–49. 161. Smith, H.R., A.H. Idris, and W.M. Yokoyama. 2001. Murine natural killer cell activation receptors. Immunol. Rev. 181:115–125. 162. Solomon, T., and D.W. Vaughn. 2002. Pathogenesis and clinical features of Japanese encephalitis and West Nile virus infections. Curr. Top. Microbiol. Immunol. 267:171–194. 163. Stanley, J., S.J. Cooper, and D.E. Griffin. 1986. Monoclonal antibody cure and prophylaxis of lethal Sindbis virus encephalitis in mice. J. Virol. 58:107–115. 164. Stark, G.R., I.M. Kerr, B.R. Williams, et al. 1998. How cells respond to interferons. Annu. Rev. Biochem. 67:227–264. 165. Steele, K.E., M.J. Linn, R.J. Schoepp, et al. 2000. Pathology of fatal West Nile virus infections in native and ex- otic birds during the 1999 outbreak in New York City, New York. Vet. Pathol. 37:208–224. 166. Stephen, E.L., M.L. Sammons, W.L. Pannier, et al. 1977. Effect of a nuclease-resistant derivative of polyri- boinosinic–polyribocytidylic acid complex on yellow fever in rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta). J. Infect. Dis. 136:122–126. 167. Takada, K., H. Masaki, E. Konishi, et al. 2000. Definition of an epitope on Japanese encephalitis virus (JEV) en- velope protein recognized by JEV-specific murine CD81 cytotoxic T lymphocytes. Arch. Virol. 145:523–534. 168. Takahashi, K., J. Gordon, H. Liu, et al. 2002. Lack of mannose-binding lectin-A enhances survival in a mouse model of acute septic peritonitis. Microbes Infect 4:773–784. 169. Tassaneetrithep, B., T. Burgess, A. Granelli-Piperno, et al. 2003. DC-SIGN (CD209) mediates dengue virus in- fection of human dendritic cells. J. Exp. Med. 197:823–829. 170. Tesh, R.B., J. Arroyo, A.P. Travassos Da Rosa, et al. 2002. Efficacy of killed virus vaccine, live attenuated chimeric virus vaccine, and passive immunization for prevention of West Nile virus encephalitis in hamster model. Emerg Infect Dis 8:1392–1397. 171. Tesh, R.B., A.P. Travassos da Rosa, H. Guzman, et al. 2002. Immunization with heterologous flaviviruses pro- tective against fatal West Nile encephalitis. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 8:245–251. 172. Tortorella, D., B.E. Gewurz, M.H. Furman, et al. 2000. Viral subversion of the immune system. Annu. Rev. Im- munol. 18:861–926. 173. Tsai, T.F., F. Popovici, C. Cernescu, et al. 1998. West Nile encephalitis epidemic in southeastern Romania. Lancet 352:767–771. 174. Urosevic, N., J.P. Mansfield, J.S. Mackenzie, et al. 1995. Low resolution mapping around the flavivirus resis- tance locus (Flv) on mouse chromosome 5. Mamm Genome 6:454–458. 175. Vargin, V.V., and B.F. Semenov. 1986. Changes of natural killer cell activity in different mouse lines by acute and asymptomatic flavivirus infections. Acta Virol. 30:303–308. 176. Vazquez, S., M.G. Guzman, G. Guillen, et al. 2002. Immune response to synthetic peptides of dengue prM pro- tein. Vaccine 20:1823–1830. 177. Volanakis, J.E. 2002. The role of complement in innate and adaptive immunity. Curr. Top. Microbiol. Immunol. 266:41–56. 178. Wang, T., J.F. Anderson, L.A. Magnarelli, et al. 2001. Immunization of mice against West Nile virus with re- combinant envelope protein. J. Immunol. 167:5273–5277. 179. Webb, H.E., D.G. Wight, G.S. Platt, et al. 1968. Langat virus encephalitis in mice. I. The effect of the adminis- tration of specific antiserum. J. Hyg. 66:343–354. 180. Weiner, L.P., G.A. Cole, and N. Nathanson. 1970. Experimental encephalitis following peripheral inoculation of West Nile virus in mice of different ages. J. Hyg. (Lond.) 68:435–446. 181. Work, T.H. 1971. On the Japanese B–West Nile virus complex or an arbovirus problem of six continents. Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. 20:169–186.
277 DIAMOND ET AL.
182. Wu, S.J., G. Grouard-Vogel, W. Sun, et al. 2000. Human skin Langerhans cells are targets of dengue virus in- fection. Nat. Med. 6:816–820. 183. Xiao, S.Y., H. Guzman, H. Zhang, et al. 2001. West Nile virus infection in the golden hamster (Mesocricetus au- ratus): a model for West Nile encephalitis. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 7:714–721. 184. Xiao, S.Y., H. Zhang, H. Guzman, et al. 2001. Experimental yellow fever virus infection in the golden hamster (Mesocricetus auratus). II. Pathology. J. Infect. Dis. 183:1437–1444. 185. Yang, J.S., J.J. Kim, D. Hwang, et al. 2001. Induction of potent Th1-type immune responses from a novel DNA vaccine for West Nile virus New York isolate (WNV-NY1999). J. Infect. Dis. 184:809–816. 186. Zeidner, N.S., S. Higgs, C.M. Happ, et al. 1999. Mosquito feeding modulates Th1 and Th2 cytokines in flavivirus susceptible mice: an effect mimicked by injection of sialokinins, but not demonstrated in flavivirus-resistant mice. Parasite Immunol. 21:35–44. 187. Zeitlin, L., R.A. Cone, and K.J. Whaley. 1999. Using monoclonal antibodies to prevent mucosal transmission of epidemic infectious diseases. Emerg. Infect. Dis. 5:54–64.
Address reprint requests to: Michael S. Diamond, M.D., Ph.D. Departments of Medicine, Molecular Microbiology, Pathology & Immunology Washington University School of Medicine 660 South Euclid Ave., Box 8051 St. Louis, MO 63110
E-mail: [email protected]
278 This article has been cited by:
1. Prakash S. Bisen, Ruchika RaghuvanshiWest Nile Fever 316-339. [CrossRef] 2. Luisa Barzon, Monia Pacenti, Giorgio Palù. 2013. West Nile virus and kidney disease. Expert Review of Anti-infective Therapy 11:5, 479-487. [CrossRef] 3. Mirko Spiroski, Zvonko Milenkovic, Aleksandar Petlichkovski, Ljubomir Ivanovski, Irena Kondova Topuzovska, Eli Djulejic. 2013. Killer cell immunoglobulin-like receptor genes in four human West Nile virus infections reported 2011 in the Republic of Macedonia. Human Immunology 74:3, 389-394. [CrossRef] 4. Mehul S. Suthar, Michael S. Diamond, Michael Gale Jr. 2013. West Nile virus infection and immunity. Nature Reviews Microbiology 11:2, 115-128. [CrossRef] 5. Sara I. Ruiz, Elizabeth E. Zumbrun, Aysegul NalcaAnimal Models of Human Viral Diseases 927-970. [CrossRef] 6. Vandana Saxena, Thomas Welte, Xiaoyong Bao, Guorui Xie, Jia Wang, Stephen Higgs, Robert B. Tesh, Tian Wang. 2012. A hamster-derived West Nile virus strain is highly attenuated and induces a differential proinflammatory cytokine response in two murine cell lines. Virus Research 167:2, 179-187. [CrossRef] 7. Pyung Ok Lim, Tae Hee Lee, Kyung Min Chung. 2012. Potential Therapeutics Against Flaviviruses. Journal of Bacteriology and Virology 42:2, 108. [CrossRef] 8. Tian Wang. 2011. Role of γδ T cells in West Nile virus-induced encephalitis: Friend or foe?. Journal of Neuroimmunology 240-241, 22-27. [CrossRef] 9. Elena Sotelo, Jovita Fernández-Pinero, Miguel Ángel Jiménez-Clavero. 2011. La fiebre/encefalitis por virus West Nile: reemergencia en Europa y situación en España. Enfermedades Infecciosas y Microbiología Clínica . [CrossRef] 10. Melissa C. Whiteman, Jason A. Wicker, Richard M. Kinney, Claire Y.-H. Huang, Tom Solomon, Alan D.T. Barrett. 2011. Multiple amino acid changes at the first glycosylation motif in NS1 protein of West Nile virus are necessary for complete attenuation for mouse neuroinvasiveness. Vaccine . [CrossRef] 11. Thomas Welte, Judith Aronson, Bin Gong, Aparna Rachamallu, Nicole Mendell, Robert Tesh, Slobodan Paessler, Willi K. Born, Rebecca L. O'Brien, Tian Wang, Willem Eden. 2011. Vγ4+T cells regulate host immune response to West Nile virus infection. FEMS Immunology & Medical Microbiology n/a-n/a. [CrossRef] 12. Thomas Welte, Guorui Xie, Jason A. Wicker, Melissa C. Whiteman, Li Li, Aparna Rachamallu, Alan Barrett, Tian Wang. 2011. Immune responses to an attenuated West Nile virus NS4B-P38G mutant strain. Vaccine 29:29-30, 4853-4861. [CrossRef] 13. J. E. Ledgerwood, T. C. Pierson, S. A. Hubka, N. Desai, S. Rucker, I. J. Gordon, M. E. Enama, S. Nelson, M. Nason, W. Gu, N. Bundrant, R. A. Koup, R. T. Bailer, J. R. Mascola, G. J. Nabel, B. S. Graham. 2011. A West Nile Virus DNA Vaccine Utilizing a Modified Promoter Induces Neutralizing Antibody in Younger and Older Healthy Adults in a Phase I Clinical Trial. Journal of Infectious Diseases 203:10, 1396-1404. [CrossRef] 14. Julio Alonso-Padilla, Nereida Jiménez de Oya, Ana-Belén Blázquez, Estela Escribano-Romero, José M. Escribano, Juan-Carlos Saiz. 2011. Recombinant West Nile virus envelope protein E and domain III expressed in insect larvae protects mice against West Nile disease. Vaccine 29:9, 1830-1835. [CrossRef] 15. Hao Fang, Thomas Welte, Xin Zheng, Gwong-Jen J. Chang, Michael R. Holbrook, Lynn Soong, Tian Wang. 2010. γδ T cells promote the maturation of dendritic cells during West Nile virus infection. FEMS Immunology & Medical Microbiology 59:1, 71-80. [CrossRef] 16. Saguna Verma, Mukesh Kumar, Ulziijargal Gurjav, Stephanie Lum, Vivek R. Nerurkar. 2010. Reversal of West Nile virus-induced blood–brain barrier disruption and tight junction proteins degradation by matrix metalloproteinases inhibitor. Virology 397:1, 130-138. [CrossRef] 17. Kymberly A. Gyure. 2009. West Nile Virus Infections. Journal of Neuropathology and Experimental Neurology 68:10, 1053-1060. [CrossRef] 18. Lee S. Engel, Charles V. Sanders, Fred A. LopezFever and Rash in Critical Care 19-48. [CrossRef] 19. Edward B. Hayes. 2009. Zika Virus Outside Africa. Emerging Infectious Diseases 15:9, 1347-1350. [CrossRef] 20. Jian-Jong Liang, Ching-Len Liao, Jia-Teh Liao, Yi-Ling Lee, Yi-Ling Lin. 2009. A Japanese encephalitis virus vaccine candidate strain is attenuated by decreasing its interferon antagonistic ability. Vaccine 27:21, 2746-2754. [CrossRef] 21. Nicole Nemeth, Ginger Young, Christina Ndaluka, Helle Bielefeldt-Ohmann, Nicholas Komar, Richard Bowen. 2009. Persistent West Nile virus infection in the house sparrow (Passer domesticus). Archives of Virology 154:5, 783-789. [CrossRef] 22. Saguna Verma, Yeung Lo, Moti Chapagain, Stephanie Lum, Mukesh Kumar, Ulziijargal Gurjav, Haiyan Luo, Austin Nakatsuka, Vivek R. Nerurkar. 2009. West Nile virus infection modulates human brain microvascular endothelial cells tight junction proteins and cell adhesion molecules: Transmigration across the in vitro blood-brain barrier. Virology 385:2, 425-433. [CrossRef] 23. Nicole M. Nemeth, Gail E. Kratz, Rebecca Bates, Judy A. Scherpelz, Richard A. Bowen, Nicholas Komar. 2008. Naturally Induced Humoral Immunity to West Nile Virus Infection in Raptors. EcoHealth 5:3, 298-304. [CrossRef] 24. Theodore C. Pierson, Michael S. Diamond. 2008. Molecular mechanisms of antibody-mediated neutralisation of flavivirus infection. Expert Reviews in Molecular Medicine 10. . [CrossRef] 25. Robyn S. Klein, Michael S. Diamond. 2008. Immunological headgear: antiviral immune responses protect against neuroinvasive West Nile virus. Trends in Molecular Medicine 14:7, 286-294. [CrossRef] 26. H ELGARCH, J MINKE, J REHDER, S RICHARD, C EDLUNDTOULEMONDE, S DINIC, C ANDREONI, J AUDONNET, R NORDGREN, V JUILLARD. 2008. A West Nile virus (WNV) recombinant canarypox virus vaccine elicits WNV-specific neutralizing antibodies and cell-mediated immune responses in the horse. Veterinary Immunology and Immunopathology 123:3-4, 230-239. [CrossRef] 27. Yos Priestley, Marcia Thiel, Steven B Koevary. 2008. Systemic and ophthalmic manifestations of West Nile virus infection. Expert Review of Ophthalmology 3:3, 279-292. [CrossRef] 28. Marion C. Lanteri, John W. Heitman, Rachel E. Owen, Thomas Busch, Nelly Gefter, Nancy Kiely, Hany T. Kamel, Leslie H. Tobler, Michael P. Busch, Philip J. Norris. 2008. Comprehensive Analysis of West Nile Virus–Specific T Cell Responses in Humans. The Journal of Infectious Diseases 197:9, 1296-1306. [CrossRef] 29. M FRIEMAN. 2008. SARS coronavirus and innate immunity. Virus Research 133:1, 101-112. [CrossRef] 30. Robyn S. Klein. 2008. A Moving Target: The Multiple Roles of CCR5 in Infectious Diseases. The Journal of Infectious Diseases 197:2, 183-186. [CrossRef] 31. Alexander Pereboev, Viktoriya Borisevich, George Tsuladze, Mikhail Shakhmatov, Deborah Hudman, Elena Kazachinskaia, Ivan Razumov, Viktor Svyatchenko, Valery Loktev, Vladimir Yamshchikov. 2008. Genetically delivered antibody protects against West Nile virus. Antiviral Research 77:1, 6-13. [CrossRef] 32. Julie E. Martin, Theodore C. Pierson, Sarah Hubka, Steve Rucker, Ingelise J. Gordon, Mary E. Enama, Charla A. Andrews, Qing Xu, Brent S. Davis, Martha Nason, Michael Fay, Richard A. Koup, Mario Roederer, Robert T. Bailer, Phillip L. Gomez, John R. Mascola, Gwong‐Jen J. Chang, Gary J. Nabel, Barney S. Graham. 2007. A West Nile Virus DNA Vaccine Induces Neutralizing Antibody in Healthy Adults during a Phase 1 Clinical Trial. The Journal of Infectious Diseases 196:12, 1732-1740. [CrossRef] 33. G. Dauphin, S. Zientara. 2007. West Nile virus: Recent trends in diagnosis and vaccine development. Vaccine 25:30, 5563-5576. [CrossRef] 34. James D. Brien, Jennifer L. Uhrlaub, Janko Nikolich-Žugich. 2007. Protective capacity and epitope specificity of CD8+ T cells responding to lethal West Nile virus infection. European Journal of Immunology 37:7, 1855-1863. [CrossRef] 35. Danelle M. Okeson, Shirley Yeo Llizo, Christine L. Miller, Amy L. Glaser. 2007. ANTIBODY RESPONSE OF FIVE BIRD SPECIES AFTER VACCINATION WITH A KILLED WEST NILE VIRUS VACCINE. Journal of Zoo and Wildlife Medicine 38:2, 240-244. [CrossRef] 36. A MUSHTAQ, M ELAZIZI, N KHARDORI. 2006. Category C Potential Bioterrorism Agents and Emerging Pathogens. Infectious Disease Clinics of North America 20:2, 423-441. [CrossRef] 37. Roberta L DeBiasi, Kenneth L Tyler. 2006. West Nile virus meningoencephalitis. Nature Clinical Practice Neurology 2:5, 264-275. [CrossRef] 38. David Garcia-Tapia, Christie M. Loiacono, Steven B. Kleiboeker. 2006. Replication of West Nile virus in equine peripheral blood mononuclear cells. Veterinary Immunology and Immunopathology 110:3-4, 229-244. [CrossRef] 39. Maria Rios, Ming J. Zhang, Andriyan Grinev, Kumar Srinivasan, Sylvester Daniel, Owen Wood, Indira K. Hewlett, Andrew I. Dayton. 2006. Monocytes-macrophages are a potential target in human infection with West Nile virus through blood transfusion. Transfusion 46:4, 659-667. [CrossRef] 40. Bradley S. Schneider, Lynn Soong, Yvette A. Girard, Gerald Campbell, Peter Mason, Dr. Stephen Higgs. 2006. Potentiation of West Nile Encephalitis by Mosquito Feeding. Viral Immunology 19:1, 74-82. [Abstract] [Full Text PDF] [Full Text PDF with Links] 41. Theodore C. Pierson, Melissa D. Sánchez, Bridget A. Puffer, Asim A. Ahmed, Brian J. Geiss, Laura E. Valentine, Louis A. Altamura, Michael S. Diamond, Robert W. Doms. 2006. A rapid and quantitative assay for measuring antibody-mediated neutralization of West Nile virus infection. Virology 346:1, 53-65. [CrossRef] 42. Edward B. Hayes, Duane J. Gubler. 2006. West Nile Virus: Epidemiology and Clinical Features of an Emerging Epidemic in the United States*. Annual Review of Medicine 57:1, 181-194. [CrossRef] 43. Michael S Diamond. 2005. Development of effective therapies against West Nile virus infection. Expert Review of Anti-infective Therapy 3:6, 931-944. [CrossRef] 44. Ellen Averett, John S. Neuberger, Gail Hansen, Michael H. Fox. 2005. Evaluation of West Nile Virus Education Campaign. Emerging Infectious Diseases 11:11, 1751-1753. [CrossRef] 45. Patrick Luedtke, John GreenleeWest Nile Virus 20052334, 667-675. [CrossRef] 46. Edward B. Hayes, James J. Sejvar, Sherif R. Zaki, Robert S. Lanciotti, Amy V. Bode, Grant L. Campbell. 2005. Virology, Pathology, and Clinical Manifestations of West Nile Virus Disease. Emerging Infectious Diseases 11:8, 1174-1179. [CrossRef] 47. Theodore Oliphant, Michael Engle, Grant E Nybakken, Chris Doane, Syd Johnson, Ling Huang, Sergey Gorlatov, Erin Mehlhop, Anantha Marri, Kyung Min Chung, Gregory D Ebel, Laura D Kramer, Daved H Fremont, Michael S Diamond. 2005. Development of a humanized monoclonal antibody with therapeutic potential against West Nile virus. Nature Medicine 11:5, 522-530. [CrossRef] 48. Theodore C. Pierson, Michael S. Diamond, Asim A. Ahmed, Laura E. Valentine, Carl W. Davis, Melanie A. Samuel, Sheri L. Hanna, Bridget A. Puffer, Robert W. Doms. 2005. An infectious West Nile Virus that expresses a GFP reporter gene. Virology 334:1, 28-40. [CrossRef] 49. Bradley S. Schneider, Lynn Soong, Nordin S. Zeidner, Dr. Stephen Higgs. 2004. Aedes aegypti Salivary Gland Extracts Modulate Anti-Viral and TH1/TH2 Cytokine Responses to Sindbis Virus Infection. Viral Immunology 17:4, 565-573. [Abstract] [Full Text PDF] [Full Text PDF with Links] 50. Michael S Diamond, Robyn S Klein. 2004. West Nile virus: crossing the blood-brain barrier. Nature Medicine 10:12, 1294-1295. [CrossRef] 51. Galina Yamshchikov, Victoria Borisevich, Alexey Seregin, Elena Chaporgina, Margarita Mishina, Vasiliy Mishin, Chun Wai Kwok, Vladimir Yamshchikov. 2004. An attenuated West Nile prototype virus is highly immunogenic and protects against the deadly NY99 strain: a candidate for live WN vaccine development. Virology 330:1, 304-312. [CrossRef] 52. Roy A Hall, Alexander A Khromykh. 2004. West Nile virus vaccines. Expert Opinion on Biological Therapy 4:8, 1295-1305. [CrossRef] 53. L. Hannah Gould, Erol Fikrig. 2004. West Nile virus: a growing concern?. Journal of Clinical Investigation 113:8, 1102-1107. [CrossRef] 54. Pierre-Emmanuel Ceccaldi, Marianne Lucas, Philippe Despres. 2004. New insights on the neuropathogenicity of West Nile virus. FEMS Microbiology Letters 233:1, 1-6. [CrossRef]
Review
Cell-intrinsic innate immune control of
West Nile virus infection
1,2,3 4
Michael S. Diamond and Michael Gale Jr.
1
Department of Molecular Microbiology, Washington University School of Medicine, St Louis, MO 63110, USA
2
Department of Medicine, Washington University School of Medicine, St Louis, MO 63110, USA
3
Department of Pathology and Immunology, Washington University School of Medicine, St Louis, MO 63110, USA
4
Department of Immunology, University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle, WA 98195-7650, USA
West Nile virus (WNV) is an enveloped positive-stranded no approved vaccine or therapy for WNV infection in
RNA virus that has emerged over the past decade in humans. The expansion of WNV disease globally high-
North America to cause epidemics of meningitis, en- lights a need for greater understanding of mechanisms
cephalitis, and acute flaccid paralysis in humans. WNV of immune control, including the cell-intrinsic processes
has broad species specificity, and replicates efficiently in that restrict infection.
many cell types, including those of the innate immune An effective host defense against WNV requires the
and central nervous systems. Recent studies have de- antiviral actions of type I IFN. Mice lacking the common